1 /* GTK - The GIMP Toolkit
2 * Copyright (C) 1995-1997 Peter Mattis, Spencer Kimball and Josh MacDonald
4 * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
5 * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
6 * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
7 * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
9 * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
10 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
11 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
12 * Lesser General Public License for more details.
14 * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
15 * License along with this library; if not, write to the
16 * Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
17 * Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
21 * Modified by the GTK+ Team and others 1997-2000. See the AUTHORS
22 * file for a list of people on the GTK+ Team. See the ChangeLog
23 * files for a list of changes. These files are distributed with
24 * GTK+ at ftp://ftp.gtk.org/pub/gtk/.
33 #include <gobject/gvaluecollector.h>
34 #include <gobject/gobjectnotifyqueue.c>
35 #include <cairo-gobject.h>
37 #include "gtkcontainer.h"
38 #include "gtkaccelmap.h"
39 #include "gtkclipboard.h"
40 #include "gtkiconfactory.h"
42 #include "gtkmainprivate.h"
43 #include "gtkmarshalers.h"
45 #include "gtkselectionprivate.h"
46 #include "gtksettingsprivate.h"
47 #include "gtksizegroup-private.h"
48 #include "gtkwidget.h"
49 #include "gtkwidgetprivate.h"
50 #include "gtkwindowprivate.h"
51 #include "gtkbindings.h"
52 #include "gtkprivate.h"
53 #include "gtkaccessible.h"
54 #include "gtktooltip.h"
55 #include "gtkinvisible.h"
56 #include "gtkbuildable.h"
57 #include "gtkbuilderprivate.h"
58 #include "gtksizerequest.h"
59 #include "gtkstylecontextprivate.h"
60 #include "gtksymboliccolor.h"
61 #include "gtkcssprovider.h"
62 #include "gtkanimationdescription.h"
63 #include "gtkmodifierstyle.h"
64 #include "gtkversion.h"
66 #include "gtktypebuiltins.h"
71 * @Short_description: Base class for all widgets
74 * GtkWidget is the base class all widgets in GTK+ derive from. It manages the
75 * widget lifecycle, states and style.
77 * <refsect2 id="geometry-management">
78 * <title>Height-for-width Geometry Management</title>
80 * GTK+ uses a height-for-width (and width-for-height) geometry management
81 * system. Height-for-width means that a widget can change how much
82 * vertical space it needs, depending on the amount of horizontal space
83 * that it is given (and similar for width-for-height). The most common
84 * example is a label that reflows to fill up the available width, wraps
85 * to fewer lines, and therefore needs less height.
87 * Height-for-width geometry management is implemented in GTK+ by way
88 * of five virtual methods:
90 * <listitem>#GtkWidgetClass.get_request_mode()</listitem>
91 * <listitem>#GtkWidgetClass.get_preferred_width()</listitem>
92 * <listitem>#GtkWidgetClass.get_preferred_height()</listitem>
93 * <listitem>#GtkWidgetClass.get_preferred_height_for_width()</listitem>
94 * <listitem>#GtkWidgetClass.get_preferred_width_for_height()</listitem>
97 * There are some important things to keep in mind when implementing
98 * height-for-width and when using it in container implementations.
100 * The geometry management system will query a widget hierarchy in
101 * only one orientation at a time. When widgets are initially queried
102 * for their minimum sizes it is generally done in two initial passes
103 * in the #GtkSizeRequestMode chosen by the toplevel.
105 * For example, when queried in the normal
106 * %GTK_SIZE_REQUEST_HEIGHT_FOR_WIDTH mode:
107 * First, the default minimum and natural width for each widget
108 * in the interface will be computed using gtk_widget_get_preferred_width().
109 * Because the preferred widths for each container depend on the preferred
110 * widths of their children, this information propagates up the hierarchy,
111 * and finally a minimum and natural width is determined for the entire
112 * toplevel. Next, the toplevel will use the minimum width to query for the
113 * minimum height contextual to that width using
114 * gtk_widget_get_preferred_height_for_width(), which will also be a highly
115 * recursive operation. The minimum height for the minimum width is normally
116 * used to set the minimum size constraint on the toplevel
117 * (unless gtk_window_set_geometry_hints() is explicitly used instead).
119 * After the toplevel window has initially requested its size in both
120 * dimensions it can go on to allocate itself a reasonable size (or a size
121 * previously specified with gtk_window_set_default_size()). During the
122 * recursive allocation process it's important to note that request cycles
123 * will be recursively executed while container widgets allocate their children.
124 * Each container widget, once allocated a size, will go on to first share the
125 * space in one orientation among its children and then request each child's
126 * height for its target allocated width or its width for allocated height,
127 * depending. In this way a #GtkWidget will typically be requested its size
128 * a number of times before actually being allocated a size. The size a
129 * widget is finally allocated can of course differ from the size it has
130 * requested. For this reason, #GtkWidget caches a small number of results
131 * to avoid re-querying for the same sizes in one allocation cycle.
133 * See <link linkend="container-geometry-management">GtkContainer's
134 * geometry management section</link>
135 * to learn more about how height-for-width allocations are performed
136 * by container widgets.
138 * If a widget does move content around to intelligently use up the
139 * allocated size then it must support the request in both
140 * #GtkSizeRequestModes even if the widget in question only
141 * trades sizes in a single orientation.
143 * For instance, a #GtkLabel that does height-for-width word wrapping
144 * will not expect to have #GtkWidgetClass.get_preferred_height() called
145 * because that call is specific to a width-for-height request. In this
146 * case the label must return the height required for its own minimum
147 * possible width. By following this rule any widget that handles
148 * height-for-width or width-for-height requests will always be allocated
149 * at least enough space to fit its own content.
151 * Here are some examples of how a %GTK_SIZE_REQUEST_HEIGHT_FOR_WIDTH widget
152 * generally deals with width-for-height requests, for #GtkWidgetClass.get_preferred_height()
154 * <programlisting><![CDATA[
156 * foo_widget_get_preferred_height (GtkWidget *widget, gint *min_height, gint *nat_height)
158 * if (i_am_in_height_for_width_mode)
162 * GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->get_preferred_width (widget, &min_width, NULL);
163 * GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->get_preferred_height_for_width (widget, min_width,
164 * min_height, nat_height);
168 * ... some widgets do both. For instance, if a GtkLabel is rotated to 90 degrees
169 * it will return the minimum and natural height for the rotated label here.
172 * ]]></programlisting>
174 * And in #GtkWidgetClass.get_preferred_width_for_height() it will simply return
175 * the minimum and natural width:
177 * <programlisting><![CDATA[
179 * foo_widget_get_preferred_width_for_height (GtkWidget *widget, gint for_height,
180 * gint *min_width, gint *nat_width)
182 * if (i_am_in_height_for_width_mode)
184 * GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->get_preferred_width (widget, min_width, nat_width);
188 * ... again if a widget is sometimes operating in width-for-height mode
189 * (like a rotated GtkLabel) it can go ahead and do its real width for
190 * height calculation here.
193 * ]]></programlisting>
195 * Often a widget needs to get its own request during size request or
196 * allocation. For example, when computing height it may need to also
197 * compute width. Or when deciding how to use an allocation, the widget
198 * may need to know its natural size. In these cases, the widget should
199 * be careful to call its virtual methods directly, like this:
201 * <title>Widget calling its own size request method.</title>
203 * GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS(widget)->get_preferred_width (widget),
208 * It will not work to use the wrapper functions, such as
209 * gtk_widget_get_preferred_width() inside your own size request
210 * implementation. These return a request adjusted by #GtkSizeGroup
211 * and by the #GtkWidgetClass.adjust_size_request() virtual method. If a
212 * widget used the wrappers inside its virtual method implementations,
213 * then the adjustments (such as widget margins) would be applied
214 * twice. GTK+ therefore does not allow this and will warn if you try
217 * Of course if you are getting the size request for
218 * <emphasis>another</emphasis> widget, such as a child of a
219 * container, you <emphasis>must</emphasis> use the wrapper APIs.
220 * Otherwise, you would not properly consider widget margins,
221 * #GtkSizeGroup, and so forth.
224 * <refsect2 id="style-properties">
225 * <title>Style Properties</title>
227 * <structname>GtkWidget</structname> introduces <firstterm>style
228 * properties</firstterm> - these are basically object properties that are stored
229 * not on the object, but in the style object associated to the widget. Style
230 * properties are set in <link linkend="gtk-Resource-Files">resource files</link>.
231 * This mechanism is used for configuring such things as the location of the
232 * scrollbar arrows through the theme, giving theme authors more control over the
233 * look of applications without the need to write a theme engine in C.
236 * Use gtk_widget_class_install_style_property() to install style properties for
237 * a widget class, gtk_widget_class_find_style_property() or
238 * gtk_widget_class_list_style_properties() to get information about existing
239 * style properties and gtk_widget_style_get_property(), gtk_widget_style_get() or
240 * gtk_widget_style_get_valist() to obtain the value of a style property.
243 * <refsect2 id="GtkWidget-BUILDER-UI">
244 * <title>GtkWidget as GtkBuildable</title>
246 * The GtkWidget implementation of the GtkBuildable interface supports a
247 * custom <accelerator> element, which has attributes named key,
248 * modifiers and signal and allows to specify accelerators.
251 * <title>A UI definition fragment specifying an accelerator</title>
252 * <programlisting><![CDATA[
253 * <object class="GtkButton">
254 * <accelerator key="q" modifiers="GDK_CONTROL_MASK" signal="clicked"/>
256 * ]]></programlisting>
259 * In addition to accelerators, <structname>GtkWidget</structname> also support a
260 * custom <accessible> element, which supports actions and relations.
261 * Properties on the accessible implementation of an object can be set by accessing the
262 * internal child "accessible" of a <structname>GtkWidget</structname>.
265 * <title>A UI definition fragment specifying an accessible</title>
266 * <programlisting><![CDATA[
267 * <object class="GtkButton" id="label1"/>
268 * <property name="label">I am a Label for a Button</property>
270 * <object class="GtkButton" id="button1">
272 * <action action_name="click" translatable="yes">Click the button.</action>
273 * <relation target="label1" type="labelled-by"/>
275 * <child internal-child="accessible">
276 * <object class="AtkObject" id="a11y-button1">
277 * <property name="AtkObject::name">Clickable Button</property>
281 * ]]></programlisting>
286 #define WIDGET_CLASS(w) GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (w)
287 #define INIT_PATH_SIZE (512)
289 struct _GtkWidgetPrivate
291 /* The state of the widget. There are actually only
292 * 5 widget states (defined in "gtkenums.h")
295 guint state_flags : 6;
299 guint in_destruction : 1;
302 guint composite_child : 1;
308 guint parent_sensitive : 1;
311 guint can_default : 1;
312 guint has_default : 1;
313 guint receives_default : 1;
317 guint style_update_pending : 1;
318 guint app_paintable : 1;
319 guint double_buffered : 1;
320 guint redraw_on_alloc : 1;
321 guint no_show_all : 1;
322 guint child_visible : 1;
323 guint multidevice : 1;
324 guint has_shape_mask : 1;
325 guint in_reparent : 1;
326 guint resize_pending : 1;
327 guint alloc_needed : 1;
328 guint width_request_needed : 1;
329 guint height_request_needed : 1;
331 /* Expand-related flags */
332 guint need_compute_expand : 1; /* Need to recompute computed_[hv]_expand */
333 guint computed_hexpand : 1; /* computed results (composite of child flags) */
334 guint computed_vexpand : 1;
335 guint hexpand : 1; /* application-forced expand */
337 guint hexpand_set : 1; /* whether to use application-forced */
338 guint vexpand_set : 1; /* instead of computing from children */
340 /* The widget's name. If the widget does not have a name
341 * (the name is NULL), then its name (as returned by
342 * "gtk_widget_get_name") is its class's name.
343 * Among other things, the widget name is used to determine
344 * the style to use for a widget.
348 /* The style for the widget. The style contains the
349 * colors the widget should be drawn in for each state
350 * along with graphics contexts used to draw with and
351 * the font to use for text.
354 GtkStyleContext *context;
356 /* The widget's allocated size.
358 GtkAllocation allocation;
360 /* The widget's requested sizes */
361 SizeRequestCache requests;
363 /* The widget's window or its parent window if it does
364 * not have a window. (Which will be indicated by the
365 * GTK_NO_WINDOW flag being set).
369 /* The widget's parent.
373 #ifdef G_ENABLE_DEBUG
374 /* Number of gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants () */
375 guint verifying_invariants_count;
376 #endif /* G_ENABLE_DEBUG */
378 /* Widget's path for styling */
408 BUTTON_RELEASE_EVENT,
423 PROPERTY_NOTIFY_EVENT,
424 SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT,
425 SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT,
426 SELECTION_NOTIFY_EVENT,
432 VISIBILITY_NOTIFY_EVENT,
446 ACCEL_CLOSURES_CHANGED,
470 PROP_RECEIVES_DEFAULT,
471 PROP_COMPOSITE_CHILD,
479 PROP_DOUBLE_BUFFERED,
494 typedef struct _GtkStateData GtkStateData;
497 STATE_CHANGE_REPLACE,
506 guint parent_sensitive : 1;
507 guint use_forall : 1;
510 /* --- prototypes --- */
511 static void gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass);
512 static void gtk_widget_base_class_finalize (GtkWidgetClass *klass);
513 static void gtk_widget_init (GtkWidget *widget);
514 static void gtk_widget_set_property (GObject *object,
518 static void gtk_widget_get_property (GObject *object,
522 static void gtk_widget_dispose (GObject *object);
523 static void gtk_widget_real_destroy (GtkWidget *object);
524 static void gtk_widget_finalize (GObject *object);
525 static void gtk_widget_real_show (GtkWidget *widget);
526 static void gtk_widget_real_hide (GtkWidget *widget);
527 static void gtk_widget_real_map (GtkWidget *widget);
528 static void gtk_widget_real_unmap (GtkWidget *widget);
529 static void gtk_widget_real_realize (GtkWidget *widget);
530 static void gtk_widget_real_unrealize (GtkWidget *widget);
531 static void gtk_widget_real_size_allocate (GtkWidget *widget,
532 GtkAllocation *allocation);
533 static void gtk_widget_real_style_set (GtkWidget *widget,
534 GtkStyle *previous_style);
535 static void gtk_widget_real_direction_changed(GtkWidget *widget,
536 GtkTextDirection previous_direction);
538 static void gtk_widget_real_grab_focus (GtkWidget *focus_widget);
539 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_query_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
542 gboolean keyboard_tip,
543 GtkTooltip *tooltip);
544 static void gtk_widget_real_style_updated (GtkWidget *widget);
545 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_show_help (GtkWidget *widget,
546 GtkWidgetHelpType help_type);
548 static void gtk_widget_dispatch_child_properties_changed (GtkWidget *object,
550 GParamSpec **pspecs);
551 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_key_press_event (GtkWidget *widget,
553 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_key_release_event (GtkWidget *widget,
555 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_focus_in_event (GtkWidget *widget,
556 GdkEventFocus *event);
557 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_focus_out_event (GtkWidget *widget,
558 GdkEventFocus *event);
559 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
560 GtkDirectionType direction);
561 static void gtk_widget_real_move_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
562 GtkDirectionType direction);
563 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_keynav_failed (GtkWidget *widget,
564 GtkDirectionType direction);
565 #ifdef G_ENABLE_DEBUG
566 static void gtk_widget_verify_invariants (GtkWidget *widget);
567 static void gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (GtkWidget *widget);
568 static void gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (GtkWidget *widget);
570 #define gtk_widget_verify_invariants(widget)
571 #define gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants(widget)
572 #define gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants(widget)
574 static PangoContext* gtk_widget_peek_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget);
575 static void gtk_widget_update_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget);
576 static void gtk_widget_propagate_state (GtkWidget *widget,
579 static gint gtk_widget_event_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
581 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_mnemonic_activate (GtkWidget *widget,
582 gboolean group_cycling);
583 static void gtk_widget_real_get_width (GtkWidget *widget,
586 static void gtk_widget_real_get_height (GtkWidget *widget,
589 static void gtk_widget_real_get_height_for_width (GtkWidget *widget,
591 gint *minimum_height,
592 gint *natural_height);
593 static void gtk_widget_real_get_width_for_height (GtkWidget *widget,
596 gint *natural_width);
597 static const GtkWidgetAuxInfo* _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (GtkWidget *widget);
598 static void gtk_widget_aux_info_destroy (GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info);
599 static AtkObject* gtk_widget_real_get_accessible (GtkWidget *widget);
600 static void gtk_widget_accessible_interface_init (AtkImplementorIface *iface);
601 static AtkObject* gtk_widget_ref_accessible (AtkImplementor *implementor);
602 static void gtk_widget_invalidate_widget_windows (GtkWidget *widget,
603 cairo_region_t *region);
604 static GdkScreen * gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (GtkWidget *widget);
605 static void gtk_widget_queue_shallow_draw (GtkWidget *widget);
606 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_can_activate_accel (GtkWidget *widget,
609 static void gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
610 gboolean has_tooltip,
612 static void gtk_widget_buildable_interface_init (GtkBuildableIface *iface);
613 static void gtk_widget_buildable_set_name (GtkBuildable *buildable,
615 static const gchar * gtk_widget_buildable_get_name (GtkBuildable *buildable);
616 static GObject * gtk_widget_buildable_get_internal_child (GtkBuildable *buildable,
618 const gchar *childname);
619 static void gtk_widget_buildable_set_buildable_property (GtkBuildable *buildable,
622 const GValue *value);
623 static gboolean gtk_widget_buildable_custom_tag_start (GtkBuildable *buildable,
626 const gchar *tagname,
627 GMarkupParser *parser,
629 static void gtk_widget_buildable_custom_finished (GtkBuildable *buildable,
632 const gchar *tagname,
634 static void gtk_widget_buildable_parser_finished (GtkBuildable *buildable,
635 GtkBuilder *builder);
637 static void gtk_widget_real_get_width (GtkWidget *widget,
640 static void gtk_widget_real_get_height (GtkWidget *widget,
644 static void gtk_widget_queue_tooltip_query (GtkWidget *widget);
647 static void gtk_widget_real_adjust_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
648 GtkOrientation orientation,
651 static void gtk_widget_real_adjust_size_allocation (GtkWidget *widget,
652 GtkOrientation orientation,
656 gint *allocated_size);
658 static void gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
661 GtkQueueResizeFlags flags);
663 static void gtk_widget_add_events_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
666 static void gtk_widget_set_device_enabled_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
671 /* --- variables --- */
672 static gpointer gtk_widget_parent_class = NULL;
673 static guint widget_signals[LAST_SIGNAL] = { 0 };
674 static GtkStyle *gtk_default_style = NULL;
675 static guint composite_child_stack = 0;
676 static GtkTextDirection gtk_default_direction = GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR;
677 static GParamSpecPool *style_property_spec_pool = NULL;
679 static GQuark quark_property_parser = 0;
680 static GQuark quark_aux_info = 0;
681 static GQuark quark_accel_path = 0;
682 static GQuark quark_accel_closures = 0;
683 static GQuark quark_event_mask = 0;
684 static GQuark quark_device_event_mask = 0;
685 static GQuark quark_parent_window = 0;
686 static GQuark quark_pointer_window = 0;
687 static GQuark quark_shape_info = 0;
688 static GQuark quark_input_shape_info = 0;
689 static GQuark quark_pango_context = 0;
690 static GQuark quark_rc_style = 0;
691 static GQuark quark_accessible_object = 0;
692 static GQuark quark_mnemonic_labels = 0;
693 static GQuark quark_tooltip_markup = 0;
694 static GQuark quark_has_tooltip = 0;
695 static GQuark quark_tooltip_window = 0;
696 static GQuark quark_visual = 0;
697 static GQuark quark_modifier_style = 0;
698 static GQuark quark_enabled_devices = 0;
699 GParamSpecPool *_gtk_widget_child_property_pool = NULL;
700 GObjectNotifyContext *_gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context = NULL;
702 /* --- functions --- */
704 gtk_widget_get_type (void)
706 static GType widget_type = 0;
708 if (G_UNLIKELY (widget_type == 0))
710 const GTypeInfo widget_info =
712 sizeof (GtkWidgetClass),
713 NULL, /* base_init */
714 (GBaseFinalizeFunc) gtk_widget_base_class_finalize,
715 (GClassInitFunc) gtk_widget_class_init,
716 NULL, /* class_finalize */
717 NULL, /* class_init */
720 (GInstanceInitFunc) gtk_widget_init,
721 NULL, /* value_table */
724 const GInterfaceInfo accessibility_info =
726 (GInterfaceInitFunc) gtk_widget_accessible_interface_init,
727 (GInterfaceFinalizeFunc) NULL,
728 NULL /* interface data */
731 const GInterfaceInfo buildable_info =
733 (GInterfaceInitFunc) gtk_widget_buildable_interface_init,
734 (GInterfaceFinalizeFunc) NULL,
735 NULL /* interface data */
738 widget_type = g_type_register_static (G_TYPE_INITIALLY_UNOWNED, "GtkWidget",
739 &widget_info, G_TYPE_FLAG_ABSTRACT);
741 g_type_add_interface_static (widget_type, ATK_TYPE_IMPLEMENTOR,
742 &accessibility_info) ;
743 g_type_add_interface_static (widget_type, GTK_TYPE_BUILDABLE,
751 child_property_notify_dispatcher (GObject *object,
755 GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (object)->dispatch_child_properties_changed (GTK_WIDGET (object), n_pspecs, pspecs);
758 /* We guard against the draw signal callbacks modifying the state of the
759 * cairo context by surounding it with save/restore.
760 * Maybe we should also cairo_new_path() just to be sure?
763 gtk_widget_draw_marshaller (GClosure *closure,
764 GValue *return_value,
765 guint n_param_values,
766 const GValue *param_values,
767 gpointer invocation_hint,
768 gpointer marshal_data)
770 cairo_t *cr = g_value_get_boxed (¶m_values[1]);
774 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED (closure,
785 gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass)
787 static GObjectNotifyContext cpn_context = { 0, NULL, NULL };
788 GObjectClass *gobject_class = G_OBJECT_CLASS (klass);
789 GtkBindingSet *binding_set;
791 gtk_widget_parent_class = g_type_class_peek_parent (klass);
793 quark_property_parser = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-rc-property-parser");
794 quark_aux_info = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-aux-info");
795 quark_accel_path = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-accel-path");
796 quark_accel_closures = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-accel-closures");
797 quark_event_mask = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-event-mask");
798 quark_device_event_mask = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-device-event-mask");
799 quark_parent_window = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-parent-window");
800 quark_pointer_window = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-pointer-window");
801 quark_shape_info = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-shape-info");
802 quark_input_shape_info = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-input-shape-info");
803 quark_pango_context = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-pango-context");
804 quark_rc_style = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-rc-style");
805 quark_accessible_object = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-accessible-object");
806 quark_mnemonic_labels = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-mnemonic-labels");
807 quark_tooltip_markup = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-tooltip-markup");
808 quark_has_tooltip = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-has-tooltip");
809 quark_tooltip_window = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-tooltip-window");
810 quark_visual = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-widget-visual");
811 quark_modifier_style = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-widget-modifier-style");
812 quark_enabled_devices = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-widget-enabled-devices");
814 style_property_spec_pool = g_param_spec_pool_new (FALSE);
815 _gtk_widget_child_property_pool = g_param_spec_pool_new (TRUE);
816 cpn_context.quark_notify_queue = g_quark_from_static_string ("GtkWidget-child-property-notify-queue");
817 cpn_context.dispatcher = child_property_notify_dispatcher;
818 _gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context = &cpn_context;
820 gobject_class->dispose = gtk_widget_dispose;
821 gobject_class->finalize = gtk_widget_finalize;
822 gobject_class->set_property = gtk_widget_set_property;
823 gobject_class->get_property = gtk_widget_get_property;
825 klass->destroy = gtk_widget_real_destroy;
827 klass->activate_signal = 0;
828 klass->dispatch_child_properties_changed = gtk_widget_dispatch_child_properties_changed;
829 klass->show = gtk_widget_real_show;
830 klass->show_all = gtk_widget_show;
831 klass->hide = gtk_widget_real_hide;
832 klass->map = gtk_widget_real_map;
833 klass->unmap = gtk_widget_real_unmap;
834 klass->realize = gtk_widget_real_realize;
835 klass->unrealize = gtk_widget_real_unrealize;
836 klass->size_allocate = gtk_widget_real_size_allocate;
837 klass->get_preferred_width = gtk_widget_real_get_width;
838 klass->get_preferred_height = gtk_widget_real_get_height;
839 klass->get_preferred_width_for_height = gtk_widget_real_get_width_for_height;
840 klass->get_preferred_height_for_width = gtk_widget_real_get_height_for_width;
841 klass->state_changed = NULL;
842 klass->parent_set = NULL;
843 klass->hierarchy_changed = NULL;
844 klass->style_set = gtk_widget_real_style_set;
845 klass->direction_changed = gtk_widget_real_direction_changed;
846 klass->grab_notify = NULL;
847 klass->child_notify = NULL;
849 klass->mnemonic_activate = gtk_widget_real_mnemonic_activate;
850 klass->grab_focus = gtk_widget_real_grab_focus;
851 klass->focus = gtk_widget_real_focus;
852 klass->move_focus = gtk_widget_real_move_focus;
853 klass->keynav_failed = gtk_widget_real_keynav_failed;
855 klass->button_press_event = NULL;
856 klass->button_release_event = NULL;
857 klass->motion_notify_event = NULL;
858 klass->delete_event = NULL;
859 klass->destroy_event = NULL;
860 klass->key_press_event = gtk_widget_real_key_press_event;
861 klass->key_release_event = gtk_widget_real_key_release_event;
862 klass->enter_notify_event = NULL;
863 klass->leave_notify_event = NULL;
864 klass->configure_event = NULL;
865 klass->focus_in_event = gtk_widget_real_focus_in_event;
866 klass->focus_out_event = gtk_widget_real_focus_out_event;
867 klass->map_event = NULL;
868 klass->unmap_event = NULL;
869 klass->window_state_event = NULL;
870 klass->property_notify_event = _gtk_selection_property_notify;
871 klass->selection_clear_event = _gtk_selection_clear;
872 klass->selection_request_event = _gtk_selection_request;
873 klass->selection_notify_event = _gtk_selection_notify;
874 klass->selection_received = NULL;
875 klass->proximity_in_event = NULL;
876 klass->proximity_out_event = NULL;
877 klass->drag_begin = NULL;
878 klass->drag_end = NULL;
879 klass->drag_data_delete = NULL;
880 klass->drag_leave = NULL;
881 klass->drag_motion = NULL;
882 klass->drag_drop = NULL;
883 klass->drag_data_received = NULL;
884 klass->screen_changed = NULL;
885 klass->can_activate_accel = gtk_widget_real_can_activate_accel;
886 klass->grab_broken_event = NULL;
887 klass->query_tooltip = gtk_widget_real_query_tooltip;
888 klass->style_updated = gtk_widget_real_style_updated;
890 klass->show_help = gtk_widget_real_show_help;
892 /* Accessibility support */
893 klass->get_accessible = gtk_widget_real_get_accessible;
895 klass->adjust_size_request = gtk_widget_real_adjust_size_request;
896 klass->adjust_size_allocation = gtk_widget_real_adjust_size_allocation;
898 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
900 g_param_spec_string ("name",
902 P_("The name of the widget"),
904 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
905 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
907 g_param_spec_object ("parent",
909 P_("The parent widget of this widget. Must be a Container widget"),
911 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
913 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
915 g_param_spec_int ("width-request",
917 P_("Override for width request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should be used"),
921 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
922 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
924 g_param_spec_int ("height-request",
925 P_("Height request"),
926 P_("Override for height request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should be used"),
930 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
931 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
933 g_param_spec_boolean ("visible",
935 P_("Whether the widget is visible"),
937 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
938 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
940 g_param_spec_boolean ("sensitive",
942 P_("Whether the widget responds to input"),
944 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
945 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
947 g_param_spec_boolean ("app-paintable",
948 P_("Application paintable"),
949 P_("Whether the application will paint directly on the widget"),
951 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
952 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
954 g_param_spec_boolean ("can-focus",
956 P_("Whether the widget can accept the input focus"),
958 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
959 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
961 g_param_spec_boolean ("has-focus",
963 P_("Whether the widget has the input focus"),
965 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
966 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
968 g_param_spec_boolean ("is-focus",
970 P_("Whether the widget is the focus widget within the toplevel"),
972 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
973 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
975 g_param_spec_boolean ("can-default",
977 P_("Whether the widget can be the default widget"),
979 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
980 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
982 g_param_spec_boolean ("has-default",
984 P_("Whether the widget is the default widget"),
986 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
987 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
988 PROP_RECEIVES_DEFAULT,
989 g_param_spec_boolean ("receives-default",
990 P_("Receives default"),
991 P_("If TRUE, the widget will receive the default action when it is focused"),
993 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
994 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
995 PROP_COMPOSITE_CHILD,
996 g_param_spec_boolean ("composite-child",
997 P_("Composite child"),
998 P_("Whether the widget is part of a composite widget"),
1000 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
1001 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1003 g_param_spec_object ("style",
1005 P_("The style of the widget, which contains information about how it will look (colors etc)"),
1007 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1008 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1010 g_param_spec_flags ("events",
1012 P_("The event mask that decides what kind of GdkEvents this widget gets"),
1013 GDK_TYPE_EVENT_MASK,
1015 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1016 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1018 g_param_spec_boolean ("no-show-all",
1020 P_("Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget"),
1022 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1025 * GtkWidget:has-tooltip:
1027 * Enables or disables the emission of #GtkWidget::query-tooltip on @widget.
1028 * A value of %TRUE indicates that @widget can have a tooltip, in this case
1029 * the widget will be queried using #GtkWidget::query-tooltip to determine
1030 * whether it will provide a tooltip or not.
1032 * Note that setting this property to %TRUE for the first time will change
1033 * the event masks of the GdkWindows of this widget to include leave-notify
1034 * and motion-notify events. This cannot and will not be undone when the
1035 * property is set to %FALSE again.
1039 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1041 g_param_spec_boolean ("has-tooltip",
1043 P_("Whether this widget has a tooltip"),
1045 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1047 * GtkWidget:tooltip-text:
1049 * Sets the text of tooltip to be the given string.
1051 * Also see gtk_tooltip_set_text().
1053 * This is a convenience property which will take care of getting the
1054 * tooltip shown if the given string is not %NULL: #GtkWidget:has-tooltip
1055 * will automatically be set to %TRUE and there will be taken care of
1056 * #GtkWidget::query-tooltip in the default signal handler.
1060 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1062 g_param_spec_string ("tooltip-text",
1064 P_("The contents of the tooltip for this widget"),
1066 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1068 * GtkWidget:tooltip-markup:
1070 * Sets the text of tooltip to be the given string, which is marked up
1071 * with the <link linkend="PangoMarkupFormat">Pango text markup language</link>.
1072 * Also see gtk_tooltip_set_markup().
1074 * This is a convenience property which will take care of getting the
1075 * tooltip shown if the given string is not %NULL: #GtkWidget:has-tooltip
1076 * will automatically be set to %TRUE and there will be taken care of
1077 * #GtkWidget::query-tooltip in the default signal handler.
1081 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1082 PROP_TOOLTIP_MARKUP,
1083 g_param_spec_string ("tooltip-markup",
1084 P_("Tooltip markup"),
1085 P_("The contents of the tooltip for this widget"),
1087 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1092 * The widget's window if it is realized, %NULL otherwise.
1096 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1098 g_param_spec_object ("window",
1100 P_("The widget's window if it is realized"),
1102 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
1105 * GtkWidget:double-buffered
1107 * Whether the widget is double buffered.
1111 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1112 PROP_DOUBLE_BUFFERED,
1113 g_param_spec_boolean ("double-buffered",
1114 P_("Double Buffered"),
1115 P_("Whether the widget is double buffered"),
1117 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1122 * How to distribute horizontal space if widget gets extra space, see #GtkAlign
1126 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1128 g_param_spec_enum ("halign",
1129 P_("Horizontal Alignment"),
1130 P_("How to position in extra horizontal space"),
1133 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1138 * How to distribute vertical space if widget gets extra space, see #GtkAlign
1142 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1144 g_param_spec_enum ("valign",
1145 P_("Vertical Alignment"),
1146 P_("How to position in extra vertical space"),
1149 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1152 * GtkWidget:margin-left
1154 * Margin on left side of widget.
1156 * This property adds margin outside of the widget's normal size
1157 * request, the margin will be added in addition to the size from
1158 * gtk_widget_set_size_request() for example.
1162 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1164 g_param_spec_int ("margin-left",
1165 P_("Margin on Left"),
1166 P_("Pixels of extra space on the left side"),
1170 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1173 * GtkWidget:margin-right
1175 * Margin on right side of widget.
1177 * This property adds margin outside of the widget's normal size
1178 * request, the margin will be added in addition to the size from
1179 * gtk_widget_set_size_request() for example.
1183 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1185 g_param_spec_int ("margin-right",
1186 P_("Margin on Right"),
1187 P_("Pixels of extra space on the right side"),
1191 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1194 * GtkWidget:margin-top
1196 * Margin on top side of widget.
1198 * This property adds margin outside of the widget's normal size
1199 * request, the margin will be added in addition to the size from
1200 * gtk_widget_set_size_request() for example.
1204 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1206 g_param_spec_int ("margin-top",
1207 P_("Margin on Top"),
1208 P_("Pixels of extra space on the top side"),
1212 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1215 * GtkWidget:margin-bottom
1217 * Margin on bottom side of widget.
1219 * This property adds margin outside of the widget's normal size
1220 * request, the margin will be added in addition to the size from
1221 * gtk_widget_set_size_request() for example.
1225 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1227 g_param_spec_int ("margin-bottom",
1228 P_("Margin on Bottom"),
1229 P_("Pixels of extra space on the bottom side"),
1233 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1238 * Sets all four sides' margin at once. If read, returns max
1239 * margin on any side.
1243 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1245 g_param_spec_int ("margin",
1247 P_("Pixels of extra space on all four sides"),
1251 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1254 * GtkWidget::destroy:
1255 * @object: the object which received the signal
1257 * Signals that all holders of a reference to the widget should release
1258 * the reference that they hold. May result in finalization of the widget
1259 * if all references are released.
1261 widget_signals[DESTROY] =
1262 g_signal_new (I_("destroy"),
1263 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1264 G_SIGNAL_RUN_CLEANUP | G_SIGNAL_NO_RECURSE | G_SIGNAL_NO_HOOKS,
1265 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, destroy),
1267 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
1273 * Whether to expand horizontally. See gtk_widget_set_hexpand().
1277 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1279 g_param_spec_boolean ("hexpand",
1280 P_("Horizontal Expand"),
1281 P_("Whether widget wants more horizontal space"),
1283 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1286 * GtkWidget:hexpand-set
1288 * Whether to use the #GtkWidget:hexpand property. See gtk_widget_get_hexpand_set().
1292 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1294 g_param_spec_boolean ("hexpand-set",
1295 P_("Horizontal Expand Set"),
1296 P_("Whether to use the hexpand property"),
1298 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1303 * Whether to expand vertically. See gtk_widget_set_vexpand().
1307 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1309 g_param_spec_boolean ("vexpand",
1310 P_("Vertical Expand"),
1311 P_("Whether widget wants more vertical space"),
1313 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1316 * GtkWidget:vexpand-set
1318 * Whether to use the #GtkWidget:vexpand property. See gtk_widget_get_vexpand_set().
1322 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1324 g_param_spec_boolean ("vexpand-set",
1325 P_("Vertical Expand Set"),
1326 P_("Whether to use the vexpand property"),
1328 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1333 * Whether to expand in both directions. Setting this sets both #GtkWidget:hexpand and #GtkWidget:vexpand
1337 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1339 g_param_spec_boolean ("expand",
1341 P_("Whether widget wants to expand in both directions"),
1343 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1347 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1349 widget_signals[SHOW] =
1350 g_signal_new (I_("show"),
1351 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1353 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, show),
1355 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
1360 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1362 widget_signals[HIDE] =
1363 g_signal_new (I_("hide"),
1364 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1366 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, hide),
1368 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
1373 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1375 widget_signals[MAP] =
1376 g_signal_new (I_("map"),
1377 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1379 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, map),
1381 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
1386 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1388 widget_signals[UNMAP] =
1389 g_signal_new (I_("unmap"),
1390 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1392 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, unmap),
1394 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
1398 * GtkWidget::realize:
1399 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1401 widget_signals[REALIZE] =
1402 g_signal_new (I_("realize"),
1403 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1405 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, realize),
1407 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
1411 * GtkWidget::unrealize:
1412 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1414 widget_signals[UNREALIZE] =
1415 g_signal_new (I_("unrealize"),
1416 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1418 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, unrealize),
1420 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
1424 * GtkWidget::size-allocate:
1425 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1428 widget_signals[SIZE_ALLOCATE] =
1429 g_signal_new (I_("size-allocate"),
1430 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1432 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, size_allocate),
1434 _gtk_marshal_VOID__BOXED,
1436 GDK_TYPE_RECTANGLE | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1439 * GtkWidget::state-changed:
1440 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1441 * @state: the previous state
1443 * The ::state-changed signal is emitted when the widget state changes.
1444 * See gtk_widget_get_state().
1446 * Deprecated: 3.0. Use #GtkWidget::state-flags-changed instead.
1448 widget_signals[STATE_CHANGED] =
1449 g_signal_new (I_("state-changed"),
1450 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1452 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, state_changed),
1454 _gtk_marshal_VOID__ENUM,
1456 GTK_TYPE_STATE_TYPE);
1459 * GtkWidget::state-flags-changed:
1460 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1461 * @flags: The previous state flags.
1463 * The ::state-flags-changed signal is emitted when the widget state
1464 * changes, see gtk_widget_get_state_flags().
1468 widget_signals[STATE_FLAGS_CHANGED] =
1469 g_signal_new (I_("state-flags-changed"),
1470 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1472 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, state_flags_changed),
1474 _gtk_marshal_VOID__FLAGS,
1476 GTK_TYPE_STATE_FLAGS);
1479 * GtkWidget::parent-set:
1480 * @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
1481 * @old_parent: (allow-none): the previous parent, or %NULL if the widget
1482 * just got its initial parent.
1484 * The ::parent-set signal is emitted when a new parent
1485 * has been set on a widget.
1487 widget_signals[PARENT_SET] =
1488 g_signal_new (I_("parent-set"),
1489 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1491 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, parent_set),
1493 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
1498 * GtkWidget::hierarchy-changed:
1499 * @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
1500 * @previous_toplevel: (allow-none): the previous toplevel ancestor, or %NULL
1501 * if the widget was previously unanchored
1503 * The ::hierarchy-changed signal is emitted when the
1504 * anchored state of a widget changes. A widget is
1505 * <firstterm>anchored</firstterm> when its toplevel
1506 * ancestor is a #GtkWindow. This signal is emitted when
1507 * a widget changes from un-anchored to anchored or vice-versa.
1509 widget_signals[HIERARCHY_CHANGED] =
1510 g_signal_new (I_("hierarchy-changed"),
1511 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1513 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, hierarchy_changed),
1515 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
1520 * GtkWidget::style-set:
1521 * @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
1522 * @previous_style: (allow-none): the previous style, or %NULL if the widget
1523 * just got its initial style
1525 * The ::style-set signal is emitted when a new style has been set
1526 * on a widget. Note that style-modifying functions like
1527 * gtk_widget_modify_base() also cause this signal to be emitted.
1529 * Note that this signal is emitted for changes to the deprecated
1530 * #GtkStyle. To track changes to the #GtkStyleContext associated
1531 * with a widget, use the #GtkWidget::style-updated signal.
1533 * Deprecated:3.0: Use the #GtkWidget::style-updated signal
1535 widget_signals[STYLE_SET] =
1536 g_signal_new (I_("style-set"),
1537 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1539 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, style_set),
1541 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
1546 * GtkWidget::style-updated:
1547 * @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
1549 * The ::style-updated signal is emitted when the #GtkStyleContext
1550 * of a widget is changed. Note that style-modifying functions like
1551 * gtk_widget_override_color() also cause this signal to be emitted.
1555 widget_signals[STYLE_UPDATED] =
1556 g_signal_new (I_("style-updated"),
1557 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1559 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, style_updated),
1561 g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__VOID,
1565 * GtkWidget::direction-changed:
1566 * @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
1567 * @previous_direction: the previous text direction of @widget
1569 * The ::direction-changed signal is emitted when the text direction
1570 * of a widget changes.
1572 widget_signals[DIRECTION_CHANGED] =
1573 g_signal_new (I_("direction-changed"),
1574 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1576 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, direction_changed),
1578 _gtk_marshal_VOID__ENUM,
1580 GTK_TYPE_TEXT_DIRECTION);
1583 * GtkWidget::grab-notify:
1584 * @widget: the object which received the signal
1585 * @was_grabbed: %FALSE if the widget becomes shadowed, %TRUE
1586 * if it becomes unshadowed
1588 * The ::grab-notify signal is emitted when a widget becomes
1589 * shadowed by a GTK+ grab (not a pointer or keyboard grab) on
1590 * another widget, or when it becomes unshadowed due to a grab
1593 * A widget is shadowed by a gtk_grab_add() when the topmost
1594 * grab widget in the grab stack of its window group is not
1597 widget_signals[GRAB_NOTIFY] =
1598 g_signal_new (I_("grab-notify"),
1599 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1601 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, grab_notify),
1603 _gtk_marshal_VOID__BOOLEAN,
1608 * GtkWidget::child-notify:
1609 * @widget: the object which received the signal
1610 * @pspec: the #GParamSpec of the changed child property
1612 * The ::child-notify signal is emitted for each
1613 * <link linkend="child-properties">child property</link> that has
1614 * changed on an object. The signal's detail holds the property name.
1616 widget_signals[CHILD_NOTIFY] =
1617 g_signal_new (I_("child-notify"),
1618 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1619 G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST | G_SIGNAL_NO_RECURSE | G_SIGNAL_DETAILED | G_SIGNAL_NO_HOOKS,
1620 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, child_notify),
1622 g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__PARAM,
1628 * @widget: the object which received the signal
1629 * @cr: the cairo context to draw to
1631 * This signal is emitted when a widget is supposed to render itself.
1632 * The @widget's top left corner must be painted at the origin of
1633 * the passed in context and be sized to the values returned by
1634 * gtk_widget_get_allocated_width() and
1635 * gtk_widget_get_allocated_height().
1637 * Signal handlers connected to this signal can modify the cairo
1638 * context passed as @cr in any way they like and don't need to
1639 * restore it. The signal emission takes care of calling cairo_save()
1640 * before and cairo_restore() after invoking the handler.
1642 widget_signals[DRAW] =
1643 g_signal_new (I_("draw"),
1644 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1646 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, draw),
1647 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1648 gtk_widget_draw_marshaller,
1650 CAIRO_GOBJECT_TYPE_CONTEXT);
1653 * GtkWidget::mnemonic-activate:
1654 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1657 widget_signals[MNEMONIC_ACTIVATE] =
1658 g_signal_new (I_("mnemonic-activate"),
1659 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1661 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, mnemonic_activate),
1662 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1663 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOOLEAN,
1668 * GtkWidget::grab-focus:
1669 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1671 widget_signals[GRAB_FOCUS] =
1672 g_signal_new (I_("grab-focus"),
1673 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1674 G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST | G_SIGNAL_ACTION,
1675 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, grab_focus),
1677 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
1682 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1685 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1687 widget_signals[FOCUS] =
1688 g_signal_new (I_("focus"),
1689 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1691 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, focus),
1692 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1693 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__ENUM,
1695 GTK_TYPE_DIRECTION_TYPE);
1698 * GtkWidget::move-focus:
1699 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1702 widget_signals[MOVE_FOCUS] =
1703 g_signal_new (I_("move-focus"),
1704 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1705 G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST | G_SIGNAL_ACTION,
1706 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, move_focus),
1708 _gtk_marshal_VOID__ENUM,
1711 GTK_TYPE_DIRECTION_TYPE);
1714 * GtkWidget::keynav-failed:
1715 * @widget: the object which received the signal
1716 * @direction: the direction of movement
1718 * Gets emitted if keyboard navigation fails.
1719 * See gtk_widget_keynav_failed() for details.
1721 * Returns: %TRUE if stopping keyboard navigation is fine, %FALSE
1722 * if the emitting widget should try to handle the keyboard
1723 * navigation attempt in its parent container(s).
1727 widget_signals[KEYNAV_FAILED] =
1728 g_signal_new (I_("keynav-failed"),
1729 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1731 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, keynav_failed),
1732 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1733 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__ENUM,
1735 GTK_TYPE_DIRECTION_TYPE);
1739 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1740 * @event: the #GdkEvent which triggered this signal
1742 * The GTK+ main loop will emit three signals for each GDK event delivered
1743 * to a widget: one generic ::event signal, another, more specific,
1744 * signal that matches the type of event delivered (e.g.
1745 * #GtkWidget::key-press-event) and finally a generic
1746 * #GtkWidget::event-after signal.
1748 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event
1749 * and to cancel the emission of the second specific ::event signal.
1750 * %FALSE to propagate the event further and to allow the emission of
1751 * the second signal. The ::event-after signal is emitted regardless of
1754 widget_signals[EVENT] =
1755 g_signal_new (I_("event"),
1756 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1758 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, event),
1759 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1760 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1762 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1765 * GtkWidget::event-after:
1766 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1767 * @event: the #GdkEvent which triggered this signal
1769 * After the emission of the #GtkWidget::event signal and (optionally)
1770 * the second more specific signal, ::event-after will be emitted
1771 * regardless of the previous two signals handlers return values.
1774 widget_signals[EVENT_AFTER] =
1775 g_signal_new (I_("event-after"),
1776 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1780 _gtk_marshal_VOID__BOXED,
1782 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1785 * GtkWidget::button-press-event:
1786 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1787 * @event: (type Gdk.EventButton): the #GdkEventButton which triggered
1790 * The ::button-press-event signal will be emitted when a button
1791 * (typically from a mouse) is pressed.
1793 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the
1794 * widget needs to enable the #GDK_BUTTON_PRESS_MASK mask.
1796 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
1798 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1799 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1801 widget_signals[BUTTON_PRESS_EVENT] =
1802 g_signal_new (I_("button-press-event"),
1803 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1805 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, button_press_event),
1806 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1807 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1809 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1812 * GtkWidget::button-release-event:
1813 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1814 * @event: (type Gdk.EventButton): the #GdkEventButton which triggered
1817 * The ::button-release-event signal will be emitted when a button
1818 * (typically from a mouse) is released.
1820 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the
1821 * widget needs to enable the #GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE_MASK mask.
1823 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
1825 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1826 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1828 widget_signals[BUTTON_RELEASE_EVENT] =
1829 g_signal_new (I_("button-release-event"),
1830 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1832 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, button_release_event),
1833 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1834 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1836 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1839 * GtkWidget::scroll-event:
1840 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1841 * @event: (type Gdk.EventScroll): the #GdkEventScroll which triggered
1844 * The ::scroll-event signal is emitted when a button in the 4 to 7
1845 * range is pressed. Wheel mice are usually configured to generate
1846 * button press events for buttons 4 and 5 when the wheel is turned.
1848 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
1849 * to enable the #GDK_BUTTON_PRESS_MASK mask.
1851 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
1853 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1854 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1856 widget_signals[SCROLL_EVENT] =
1857 g_signal_new (I_("scroll-event"),
1858 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1860 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, scroll_event),
1861 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1862 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1864 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1867 * GtkWidget::motion-notify-event:
1868 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1869 * @event: (type Gdk.EventMotion): the #GdkEventMotion which triggered
1872 * The ::motion-notify-event signal is emitted when the pointer moves
1873 * over the widget's #GdkWindow.
1875 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget
1876 * needs to enable the #GDK_POINTER_MOTION_MASK mask.
1878 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
1880 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1881 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1883 widget_signals[MOTION_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
1884 g_signal_new (I_("motion-notify-event"),
1885 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1887 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, motion_notify_event),
1888 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1889 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1891 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1894 * GtkWidget::composited-changed:
1895 * @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
1897 * The ::composited-changed signal is emitted when the composited
1898 * status of @widget<!-- -->s screen changes.
1899 * See gdk_screen_is_composited().
1901 widget_signals[COMPOSITED_CHANGED] =
1902 g_signal_new (I_("composited-changed"),
1903 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1904 G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST | G_SIGNAL_ACTION,
1905 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, composited_changed),
1907 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
1911 * GtkWidget::delete-event:
1912 * @widget: the object which received the signal
1913 * @event: the event which triggered this signal
1915 * The ::delete-event signal is emitted if a user requests that
1916 * a toplevel window is closed. The default handler for this signal
1917 * destroys the window. Connecting gtk_widget_hide_on_delete() to
1918 * this signal will cause the window to be hidden instead, so that
1919 * it can later be shown again without reconstructing it.
1921 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1922 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1924 widget_signals[DELETE_EVENT] =
1925 g_signal_new (I_("delete-event"),
1926 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1928 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, delete_event),
1929 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1930 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1932 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1935 * GtkWidget::destroy-event:
1936 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1937 * @event: the event which triggered this signal
1939 * The ::destroy-event signal is emitted when a #GdkWindow is destroyed.
1940 * You rarely get this signal, because most widgets disconnect themselves
1941 * from their window before they destroy it, so no widget owns the
1942 * window at destroy time.
1944 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
1945 * to enable the #GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK mask. GDK will enable this mask
1946 * automatically for all new windows.
1948 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1949 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1951 widget_signals[DESTROY_EVENT] =
1952 g_signal_new (I_("destroy-event"),
1953 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1955 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, destroy_event),
1956 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1957 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1959 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1962 * GtkWidget::key-press-event:
1963 * @widget: the object which received the signal
1964 * @event: (type Gdk.EventKey): the #GdkEventKey which triggered this signal.
1966 * The ::key-press-event signal is emitted when a key is pressed.
1968 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
1969 * to enable the #GDK_KEY_PRESS_MASK mask.
1971 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
1973 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1974 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1976 widget_signals[KEY_PRESS_EVENT] =
1977 g_signal_new (I_("key-press-event"),
1978 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1980 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, key_press_event),
1981 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1982 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1984 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1987 * GtkWidget::key-release-event:
1988 * @widget: the object which received the signal
1989 * @event: (type Gdk.EventKey): the #GdkEventKey which triggered this signal.
1991 * The ::key-release-event signal is emitted when a key is pressed.
1993 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
1994 * to enable the #GDK_KEY_RELEASE_MASK mask.
1996 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
1998 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1999 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2001 widget_signals[KEY_RELEASE_EVENT] =
2002 g_signal_new (I_("key-release-event"),
2003 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2005 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, key_release_event),
2006 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2007 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2009 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2012 * GtkWidget::enter-notify-event:
2013 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2014 * @event: (type Gdk.EventCrossing): the #GdkEventCrossing which triggered
2017 * The ::enter-notify-event will be emitted when the pointer enters
2018 * the @widget's window.
2020 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2021 * to enable the #GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY_MASK mask.
2023 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
2025 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2026 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2028 widget_signals[ENTER_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
2029 g_signal_new (I_("enter-notify-event"),
2030 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2032 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, enter_notify_event),
2033 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2034 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2036 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2039 * GtkWidget::leave-notify-event:
2040 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2041 * @event: (type Gdk.EventCrossing): the #GdkEventCrossing which triggered
2044 * The ::leave-notify-event will be emitted when the pointer leaves
2045 * the @widget's window.
2047 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2048 * to enable the #GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY_MASK mask.
2050 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
2052 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2053 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2055 widget_signals[LEAVE_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
2056 g_signal_new (I_("leave-notify-event"),
2057 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2059 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, leave_notify_event),
2060 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2061 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2063 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2066 * GtkWidget::configure-event:
2067 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2068 * @event: (type Gdk.EventConfigure): the #GdkEventConfigure which triggered
2071 * The ::configure-event signal will be emitted when the size, position or
2072 * stacking of the @widget's window has changed.
2074 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2075 * to enable the #GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK mask. GDK will enable this mask
2076 * automatically for all new windows.
2078 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2079 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2081 widget_signals[CONFIGURE_EVENT] =
2082 g_signal_new (I_("configure-event"),
2083 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2085 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, configure_event),
2086 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2087 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2089 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2092 * GtkWidget::focus-in-event:
2093 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2094 * @event: (type Gdk.EventFocus): the #GdkEventFocus which triggered
2097 * The ::focus-in-event signal will be emitted when the keyboard focus
2098 * enters the @widget's window.
2100 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2101 * to enable the #GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE_MASK mask.
2103 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2104 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2106 widget_signals[FOCUS_IN_EVENT] =
2107 g_signal_new (I_("focus-in-event"),
2108 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2110 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, focus_in_event),
2111 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2112 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2114 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2117 * GtkWidget::focus-out-event:
2118 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2119 * @event: (type Gdk.EventFocus): the #GdkEventFocus which triggered this
2122 * The ::focus-out-event signal will be emitted when the keyboard focus
2123 * leaves the @widget's window.
2125 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2126 * to enable the #GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE_MASK mask.
2128 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2129 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2131 widget_signals[FOCUS_OUT_EVENT] =
2132 g_signal_new (I_("focus-out-event"),
2133 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2135 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, focus_out_event),
2136 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2137 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2139 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2142 * GtkWidget::map-event:
2143 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2144 * @event: (type Gdk.EventAny): the #GdkEventAny which triggered this signal.
2146 * The ::map-event signal will be emitted when the @widget's window is
2147 * mapped. A window is mapped when it becomes visible on the screen.
2149 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2150 * to enable the #GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK mask. GDK will enable this mask
2151 * automatically for all new windows.
2153 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2154 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2156 widget_signals[MAP_EVENT] =
2157 g_signal_new (I_("map-event"),
2158 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2160 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, map_event),
2161 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2162 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2164 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2167 * GtkWidget::unmap-event:
2168 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2169 * @event: (type Gdk.EventAny): the #GdkEventAny which triggered this signal
2171 * The ::unmap-event signal will be emitted when the @widget's window is
2172 * unmapped. A window is unmapped when it becomes invisible on the screen.
2174 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2175 * to enable the #GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK mask. GDK will enable this mask
2176 * automatically for all new windows.
2178 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2179 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2181 widget_signals[UNMAP_EVENT] =
2182 g_signal_new (I_("unmap-event"),
2183 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2185 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, unmap_event),
2186 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2187 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2189 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2192 * GtkWidget::property-notify-event:
2193 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2194 * @event: (type Gdk.EventProperty): the #GdkEventProperty which triggered
2197 * The ::property-notify-event signal will be emitted when a property on
2198 * the @widget's window has been changed or deleted.
2200 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2201 * to enable the #GDK_PROPERTY_CHANGE_MASK mask.
2203 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2204 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2206 widget_signals[PROPERTY_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
2207 g_signal_new (I_("property-notify-event"),
2208 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2210 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, property_notify_event),
2211 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2212 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2214 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2217 * GtkWidget::selection-clear-event:
2218 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2219 * @event: (type Gdk.EventSelection): the #GdkEventSelection which triggered
2222 * The ::selection-clear-event signal will be emitted when the
2223 * the @widget's window has lost ownership of a selection.
2225 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2226 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2228 widget_signals[SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT] =
2229 g_signal_new (I_("selection-clear-event"),
2230 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2232 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, selection_clear_event),
2233 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2234 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2236 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2239 * GtkWidget::selection-request-event:
2240 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2241 * @event: (type Gdk.EventSelection): the #GdkEventSelection which triggered
2244 * The ::selection-request-event signal will be emitted when
2245 * another client requests ownership of the selection owned by
2246 * the @widget's window.
2248 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2249 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2251 widget_signals[SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT] =
2252 g_signal_new (I_("selection-request-event"),
2253 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2255 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, selection_request_event),
2256 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2257 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2259 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2262 * GtkWidget::selection-notify-event:
2263 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
2266 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2268 widget_signals[SELECTION_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
2269 g_signal_new (I_("selection-notify-event"),
2270 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2272 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, selection_notify_event),
2273 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2274 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2276 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2279 * GtkWidget::selection-received:
2280 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
2284 widget_signals[SELECTION_RECEIVED] =
2285 g_signal_new (I_("selection-received"),
2286 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2288 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, selection_received),
2290 _gtk_marshal_VOID__BOXED_UINT,
2292 GTK_TYPE_SELECTION_DATA | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE,
2296 * GtkWidget::selection-get:
2297 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
2302 widget_signals[SELECTION_GET] =
2303 g_signal_new (I_("selection-get"),
2304 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2306 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, selection_get),
2308 _gtk_marshal_VOID__BOXED_UINT_UINT,
2310 GTK_TYPE_SELECTION_DATA | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE,
2315 * GtkWidget::proximity-in-event:
2316 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2317 * @event: (type Gdk.EventProximity): the #GdkEventProximity which triggered
2320 * To receive this signal the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2321 * to enable the #GDK_PROXIMITY_IN_MASK mask.
2323 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
2325 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2326 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2328 widget_signals[PROXIMITY_IN_EVENT] =
2329 g_signal_new (I_("proximity-in-event"),
2330 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2332 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, proximity_in_event),
2333 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2334 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2336 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2339 * GtkWidget::proximity-out-event:
2340 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2341 * @event: (type Gdk.EventProximity): the #GdkEventProximity which triggered
2344 * To receive this signal the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2345 * to enable the #GDK_PROXIMITY_OUT_MASK mask.
2347 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
2349 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2350 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2352 widget_signals[PROXIMITY_OUT_EVENT] =
2353 g_signal_new (I_("proximity-out-event"),
2354 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2356 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, proximity_out_event),
2357 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2358 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2360 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2363 * GtkWidget::drag-leave:
2364 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
2365 * @drag_context: the drag context
2366 * @time: the timestamp of the motion event
2368 * The ::drag-leave signal is emitted on the drop site when the cursor
2369 * leaves the widget. A typical reason to connect to this signal is to
2370 * undo things done in #GtkWidget::drag-motion, e.g. undo highlighting
2371 * with gtk_drag_unhighlight()
2373 widget_signals[DRAG_LEAVE] =
2374 g_signal_new (I_("drag-leave"),
2375 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2377 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_leave),
2379 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT_UINT,
2381 GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
2385 * GtkWidget::drag-begin:
2386 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2387 * @drag_context: the drag context
2389 * The ::drag-begin signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag is
2390 * started. A typical reason to connect to this signal is to set up a
2391 * custom drag icon with gtk_drag_source_set_icon().
2393 * Note that some widgets set up a drag icon in the default handler of
2394 * this signal, so you may have to use g_signal_connect_after() to
2395 * override what the default handler did.
2397 widget_signals[DRAG_BEGIN] =
2398 g_signal_new (I_("drag-begin"),
2399 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2401 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_begin),
2403 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
2405 GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT);
2408 * GtkWidget::drag-end:
2409 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2410 * @drag_context: the drag context
2412 * The ::drag-end signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag is
2413 * finished. A typical reason to connect to this signal is to undo
2414 * things done in #GtkWidget::drag-begin.
2416 widget_signals[DRAG_END] =
2417 g_signal_new (I_("drag-end"),
2418 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2420 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_end),
2422 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
2424 GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT);
2427 * GtkWidget::drag-data-delete:
2428 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2429 * @drag_context: the drag context
2431 * The ::drag-data-delete signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag
2432 * with the action %GDK_ACTION_MOVE is successfully completed. The signal
2433 * handler is responsible for deleting the data that has been dropped. What
2434 * "delete" means depends on the context of the drag operation.
2436 widget_signals[DRAG_DATA_DELETE] =
2437 g_signal_new (I_("drag-data-delete"),
2438 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2440 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_data_delete),
2442 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
2444 GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT);
2447 * GtkWidget::drag-failed:
2448 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2449 * @drag_context: the drag context
2450 * @result: the result of the drag operation
2452 * The ::drag-failed signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag has
2453 * failed. The signal handler may hook custom code to handle a failed DND
2454 * operation based on the type of error, it returns %TRUE is the failure has
2455 * been already handled (not showing the default "drag operation failed"
2456 * animation), otherwise it returns %FALSE.
2458 * Return value: %TRUE if the failed drag operation has been already handled.
2462 widget_signals[DRAG_FAILED] =
2463 g_signal_new (I_("drag-failed"),
2464 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2466 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_failed),
2467 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2468 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__OBJECT_ENUM,
2470 GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
2471 GTK_TYPE_DRAG_RESULT);
2474 * GtkWidget::drag-motion:
2475 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2476 * @drag_context: the drag context
2477 * @x: the x coordinate of the current cursor position
2478 * @y: the y coordinate of the current cursor position
2479 * @time: the timestamp of the motion event
2480 * @returns: whether the cursor position is in a drop zone
2482 * The drag-motion signal is emitted on the drop site when the user
2483 * moves the cursor over the widget during a drag. The signal handler
2484 * must determine whether the cursor position is in a drop zone or not.
2485 * If it is not in a drop zone, it returns %FALSE and no further processing
2486 * is necessary. Otherwise, the handler returns %TRUE. In this case, the
2487 * handler is responsible for providing the necessary information for
2488 * displaying feedback to the user, by calling gdk_drag_status().
2490 * If the decision whether the drop will be accepted or rejected can't be
2491 * made based solely on the cursor position and the type of the data, the
2492 * handler may inspect the dragged data by calling gtk_drag_get_data() and
2493 * defer the gdk_drag_status() call to the #GtkWidget::drag-data-received
2494 * handler. Note that you cannot not pass #GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_DROP,
2495 * #GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_MOTION or #GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_ALL to gtk_drag_dest_set()
2496 * when using the drag-motion signal that way.
2498 * Also note that there is no drag-enter signal. The drag receiver has to
2499 * keep track of whether he has received any drag-motion signals since the
2500 * last #GtkWidget::drag-leave and if not, treat the drag-motion signal as
2501 * an "enter" signal. Upon an "enter", the handler will typically highlight
2502 * the drop site with gtk_drag_highlight().
2505 * drag_motion (GtkWidget *widget,
2506 * GdkDragContext *context,
2513 * PrivateData *private_data = GET_PRIVATE_DATA (widget);
2515 * if (!private_data->drag_highlight)
2517 * private_data->drag_highlight = 1;
2518 * gtk_drag_highlight (widget);
2521 * target = gtk_drag_dest_find_target (widget, context, NULL);
2522 * if (target == GDK_NONE)
2523 * gdk_drag_status (context, 0, time);
2526 * private_data->pending_status = context->suggested_action;
2527 * gtk_drag_get_data (widget, context, target, time);
2534 * drag_data_received (GtkWidget *widget,
2535 * GdkDragContext *context,
2538 * GtkSelectionData *selection_data,
2542 * PrivateData *private_data = GET_PRIVATE_DATA (widget);
2544 * if (private_data->suggested_action)
2546 * private_data->suggested_action = 0;
2548 * /* We are getting this data due to a request in drag_motion,
2549 * * rather than due to a request in drag_drop, so we are just
2550 * * supposed to call gdk_drag_status (), not actually paste in
2553 * str = gtk_selection_data_get_text (selection_data);
2554 * if (!data_is_acceptable (str))
2555 * gdk_drag_status (context, 0, time);
2557 * gdk_drag_status (context, private_data->suggested_action, time);
2561 * /* accept the drop */
2566 widget_signals[DRAG_MOTION] =
2567 g_signal_new (I_("drag-motion"),
2568 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2570 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_motion),
2571 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2572 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__OBJECT_INT_INT_UINT,
2574 GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
2580 * GtkWidget::drag-drop:
2581 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2582 * @drag_context: the drag context
2583 * @x: the x coordinate of the current cursor position
2584 * @y: the y coordinate of the current cursor position
2585 * @time: the timestamp of the motion event
2586 * @returns: whether the cursor position is in a drop zone
2588 * The ::drag-drop signal is emitted on the drop site when the user drops
2589 * the data onto the widget. The signal handler must determine whether
2590 * the cursor position is in a drop zone or not. If it is not in a drop
2591 * zone, it returns %FALSE and no further processing is necessary.
2592 * Otherwise, the handler returns %TRUE. In this case, the handler must
2593 * ensure that gtk_drag_finish() is called to let the source know that
2594 * the drop is done. The call to gtk_drag_finish() can be done either
2595 * directly or in a #GtkWidget::drag-data-received handler which gets
2596 * triggered by calling gtk_drag_get_data() to receive the data for one
2597 * or more of the supported targets.
2599 widget_signals[DRAG_DROP] =
2600 g_signal_new (I_("drag-drop"),
2601 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2603 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_drop),
2604 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2605 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__OBJECT_INT_INT_UINT,
2607 GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
2613 * GtkWidget::drag-data-get:
2614 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2615 * @drag_context: the drag context
2616 * @data: the #GtkSelectionData to be filled with the dragged data
2617 * @info: the info that has been registered with the target in the
2619 * @time: the timestamp at which the data was requested
2621 * The ::drag-data-get signal is emitted on the drag source when the drop
2622 * site requests the data which is dragged. It is the responsibility of
2623 * the signal handler to fill @data with the data in the format which
2624 * is indicated by @info. See gtk_selection_data_set() and
2625 * gtk_selection_data_set_text().
2627 widget_signals[DRAG_DATA_GET] =
2628 g_signal_new (I_("drag-data-get"),
2629 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2631 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_data_get),
2633 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT_BOXED_UINT_UINT,
2635 GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
2636 GTK_TYPE_SELECTION_DATA | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE,
2641 * GtkWidget::drag-data-received:
2642 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2643 * @drag_context: the drag context
2644 * @x: where the drop happened
2645 * @y: where the drop happened
2646 * @data: the received data
2647 * @info: the info that has been registered with the target in the
2649 * @time: the timestamp at which the data was received
2651 * The ::drag-data-received signal is emitted on the drop site when the
2652 * dragged data has been received. If the data was received in order to
2653 * determine whether the drop will be accepted, the handler is expected
2654 * to call gdk_drag_status() and <emphasis>not</emphasis> finish the drag.
2655 * If the data was received in response to a #GtkWidget::drag-drop signal
2656 * (and this is the last target to be received), the handler for this
2657 * signal is expected to process the received data and then call
2658 * gtk_drag_finish(), setting the @success parameter depending on whether
2659 * the data was processed successfully.
2661 * The handler may inspect and modify @drag_context->action before calling
2662 * gtk_drag_finish(), e.g. to implement %GDK_ACTION_ASK as shown in the
2663 * following example:
2666 * drag_data_received (GtkWidget *widget,
2667 * GdkDragContext *drag_context,
2670 * GtkSelectionData *data,
2674 * if ((data->length >= 0) && (data->format == 8))
2676 * if (drag_context->action == GDK_ACTION_ASK)
2678 * GtkWidget *dialog;
2681 * dialog = gtk_message_dialog_new (NULL,
2682 * GTK_DIALOG_MODAL |
2683 * GTK_DIALOG_DESTROY_WITH_PARENT,
2685 * GTK_BUTTONS_YES_NO,
2686 * "Move the data ?\n");
2687 * response = gtk_dialog_run (GTK_DIALOG (dialog));
2688 * gtk_widget_destroy (dialog);
2690 * if (response == GTK_RESPONSE_YES)
2691 * drag_context->action = GDK_ACTION_MOVE;
2693 * drag_context->action = GDK_ACTION_COPY;
2696 * gtk_drag_finish (drag_context, TRUE, FALSE, time);
2700 * gtk_drag_finish (drag_context, FALSE, FALSE, time);
2704 widget_signals[DRAG_DATA_RECEIVED] =
2705 g_signal_new (I_("drag-data-received"),
2706 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2708 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_data_received),
2710 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT_INT_INT_BOXED_UINT_UINT,
2712 GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
2715 GTK_TYPE_SELECTION_DATA | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE,
2720 * GtkWidget::visibility-notify-event:
2721 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2722 * @event: (type Gdk.EventVisibility): the #GdkEventVisibility which
2723 * triggered this signal.
2725 * The ::visibility-notify-event will be emitted when the @widget's window
2726 * is obscured or unobscured.
2728 * To receive this signal the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2729 * to enable the #GDK_VISIBILITY_NOTIFY_MASK mask.
2731 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2732 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2734 widget_signals[VISIBILITY_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
2735 g_signal_new (I_("visibility-notify-event"),
2736 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2738 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, visibility_notify_event),
2739 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2740 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2742 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2745 * GtkWidget::client-event:
2746 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2747 * @event: (type Gdk.EventClient): the #GdkEventClient which triggered
2750 * The ::client-event will be emitted when the @widget's window
2751 * receives a message (via a ClientMessage event) from another
2754 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for
2755 * the event. %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2757 widget_signals[CLIENT_EVENT] =
2758 g_signal_new (I_("client-event"),
2759 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2761 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, client_event),
2762 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2763 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2765 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2768 * GtkWidget::window-state-event:
2769 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2770 * @event: (type Gdk.EventWindowState): the #GdkEventWindowState which
2771 * triggered this signal.
2773 * The ::window-state-event will be emitted when the state of the
2774 * toplevel window associated to the @widget changes.
2776 * To receive this signal the #GdkWindow associated to the widget
2777 * needs to enable the #GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK mask. GDK will enable
2778 * this mask automatically for all new windows.
2780 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the
2781 * event. %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2783 widget_signals[WINDOW_STATE_EVENT] =
2784 g_signal_new (I_("window-state-event"),
2785 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2787 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, window_state_event),
2788 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2789 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2791 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2794 * GtkWidget::damage-event:
2795 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2796 * @event: the #GdkEventExpose event
2798 * Emitted when a redirected window belonging to @widget gets drawn into.
2799 * The region/area members of the event shows what area of the redirected
2800 * drawable was drawn into.
2802 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2803 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2807 widget_signals[DAMAGE_EVENT] =
2808 g_signal_new (I_("damage-event"),
2809 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2811 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, damage_event),
2812 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2813 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2815 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2818 * GtkWidget::grab-broken-event:
2819 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2820 * @event: the #GdkEventGrabBroken event
2822 * Emitted when a pointer or keyboard grab on a window belonging
2823 * to @widget gets broken.
2825 * On X11, this happens when the grab window becomes unviewable
2826 * (i.e. it or one of its ancestors is unmapped), or if the same
2827 * application grabs the pointer or keyboard again.
2829 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for
2830 * the event. %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2834 widget_signals[GRAB_BROKEN_EVENT] =
2835 g_signal_new (I_("grab-broken-event"),
2836 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2838 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, grab_broken_event),
2839 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2840 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2842 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2845 * GtkWidget::query-tooltip:
2846 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2847 * @x: the x coordinate of the cursor position where the request has
2848 * been emitted, relative to @widget->window
2849 * @y: the y coordinate of the cursor position where the request has
2850 * been emitted, relative to @widget->window
2851 * @keyboard_mode: %TRUE if the tooltip was trigged using the keyboard
2852 * @tooltip: a #GtkTooltip
2854 * Emitted when #GtkWidget:has-tooltip is %TRUE and the #GtkSettings:gtk-tooltip-timeout
2855 * has expired with the cursor hovering "above" @widget; or emitted when @widget got
2856 * focus in keyboard mode.
2858 * Using the given coordinates, the signal handler should determine
2859 * whether a tooltip should be shown for @widget. If this is the case
2860 * %TRUE should be returned, %FALSE otherwise. Note that if
2861 * @keyboard_mode is %TRUE, the values of @x and @y are undefined and
2862 * should not be used.
2864 * The signal handler is free to manipulate @tooltip with the therefore
2865 * destined function calls.
2867 * Returns: %TRUE if @tooltip should be shown right now, %FALSE otherwise.
2871 widget_signals[QUERY_TOOLTIP] =
2872 g_signal_new (I_("query-tooltip"),
2873 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2875 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, query_tooltip),
2876 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2877 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__INT_INT_BOOLEAN_OBJECT,
2885 * GtkWidget::popup-menu
2886 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2888 * This signal gets emitted whenever a widget should pop up a context
2889 * menu. This usually happens through the standard key binding mechanism;
2890 * by pressing a certain key while a widget is focused, the user can cause
2891 * the widget to pop up a menu. For example, the #GtkEntry widget creates
2892 * a menu with clipboard commands. See <xref linkend="checklist-popup-menu"/>
2893 * for an example of how to use this signal.
2895 * Returns: %TRUE if a menu was activated
2897 widget_signals[POPUP_MENU] =
2898 g_signal_new (I_("popup-menu"),
2899 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2900 G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST | G_SIGNAL_ACTION,
2901 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, popup_menu),
2902 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2903 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__VOID,
2907 * GtkWidget::show-help:
2908 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
2911 widget_signals[SHOW_HELP] =
2912 g_signal_new (I_("show-help"),
2913 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2914 G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST | G_SIGNAL_ACTION,
2915 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, show_help),
2916 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2917 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__ENUM,
2919 GTK_TYPE_WIDGET_HELP_TYPE);
2922 * GtkWidget::accel-closures-changed:
2923 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
2925 widget_signals[ACCEL_CLOSURES_CHANGED] =
2926 g_signal_new (I_("accel-closures-changed"),
2927 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2931 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
2935 * GtkWidget::screen-changed:
2936 * @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
2937 * @previous_screen: (allow-none): the previous screen, or %NULL if the
2938 * widget was not associated with a screen before
2940 * The ::screen-changed signal gets emitted when the
2941 * screen of a widget has changed.
2943 widget_signals[SCREEN_CHANGED] =
2944 g_signal_new (I_("screen-changed"),
2945 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2947 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, screen_changed),
2949 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
2954 * GtkWidget::can-activate-accel:
2955 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2956 * @signal_id: the ID of a signal installed on @widget
2958 * Determines whether an accelerator that activates the signal
2959 * identified by @signal_id can currently be activated.
2960 * This signal is present to allow applications and derived
2961 * widgets to override the default #GtkWidget handling
2962 * for determining whether an accelerator can be activated.
2964 * Returns: %TRUE if the signal can be activated.
2966 widget_signals[CAN_ACTIVATE_ACCEL] =
2967 g_signal_new (I_("can-activate-accel"),
2968 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2970 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, can_activate_accel),
2971 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2972 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__UINT,
2973 G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1, G_TYPE_UINT);
2975 binding_set = gtk_binding_set_by_class (klass);
2976 gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_KEY_F10, GDK_SHIFT_MASK,
2978 gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_KEY_Menu, 0,
2981 gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_KEY_F1, GDK_CONTROL_MASK,
2983 GTK_TYPE_WIDGET_HELP_TYPE,
2984 GTK_WIDGET_HELP_TOOLTIP);
2985 gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_KEY_KP_F1, GDK_CONTROL_MASK,
2987 GTK_TYPE_WIDGET_HELP_TYPE,
2988 GTK_WIDGET_HELP_TOOLTIP);
2989 gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_KEY_F1, GDK_SHIFT_MASK,
2991 GTK_TYPE_WIDGET_HELP_TYPE,
2992 GTK_WIDGET_HELP_WHATS_THIS);
2993 gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_KEY_KP_F1, GDK_SHIFT_MASK,
2995 GTK_TYPE_WIDGET_HELP_TYPE,
2996 GTK_WIDGET_HELP_WHATS_THIS);
2998 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
2999 g_param_spec_boolean ("interior-focus",
3000 P_("Interior Focus"),
3001 P_("Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets"),
3003 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3005 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3006 g_param_spec_int ("focus-line-width",
3007 P_("Focus linewidth"),
3008 P_("Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line"),
3010 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3012 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3013 g_param_spec_string ("focus-line-pattern",
3014 P_("Focus line dash pattern"),
3015 P_("Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator"),
3017 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3018 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3019 g_param_spec_int ("focus-padding",
3020 P_("Focus padding"),
3021 P_("Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'"),
3023 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3024 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3025 g_param_spec_boxed ("cursor-color",
3027 P_("Color with which to draw insertion cursor"),
3029 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3030 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3031 g_param_spec_boxed ("secondary-cursor-color",
3032 P_("Secondary cursor color"),
3033 P_("Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed right-to-left and left-to-right text"),
3035 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3036 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3037 g_param_spec_float ("cursor-aspect-ratio",
3038 P_("Cursor line aspect ratio"),
3039 P_("Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor"),
3041 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3043 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3044 g_param_spec_boolean ("window-dragging",
3045 P_("Window dragging"),
3046 P_("Whether windows can be dragged by clicking on empty areas"),
3048 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3051 * GtkWidget:link-color:
3053 * The "link-color" style property defines the color of unvisited links.
3057 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3058 g_param_spec_boxed ("link-color",
3059 P_("Unvisited Link Color"),
3060 P_("Color of unvisited links"),
3062 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3065 * GtkWidget:visited-link-color:
3067 * The "visited-link-color" style property defines the color of visited links.
3071 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3072 g_param_spec_boxed ("visited-link-color",
3073 P_("Visited Link Color"),
3074 P_("Color of visited links"),
3076 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3079 * GtkWidget:wide-separators:
3081 * The "wide-separators" style property defines whether separators have
3082 * configurable width and should be drawn using a box instead of a line.
3086 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3087 g_param_spec_boolean ("wide-separators",
3088 P_("Wide Separators"),
3089 P_("Whether separators have configurable width and should be drawn using a box instead of a line"),
3091 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3094 * GtkWidget:separator-width:
3096 * The "separator-width" style property defines the width of separators.
3097 * This property only takes effect if #GtkWidget:wide-separators is %TRUE.
3101 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3102 g_param_spec_int ("separator-width",
3103 P_("Separator Width"),
3104 P_("The width of separators if wide-separators is TRUE"),
3106 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3109 * GtkWidget:separator-height:
3111 * The "separator-height" style property defines the height of separators.
3112 * This property only takes effect if #GtkWidget:wide-separators is %TRUE.
3116 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3117 g_param_spec_int ("separator-height",
3118 P_("Separator Height"),
3119 P_("The height of separators if \"wide-separators\" is TRUE"),
3121 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3124 * GtkWidget:scroll-arrow-hlength:
3126 * The "scroll-arrow-hlength" style property defines the length of
3127 * horizontal scroll arrows.
3131 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3132 g_param_spec_int ("scroll-arrow-hlength",
3133 P_("Horizontal Scroll Arrow Length"),
3134 P_("The length of horizontal scroll arrows"),
3136 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3139 * GtkWidget:scroll-arrow-vlength:
3141 * The "scroll-arrow-vlength" style property defines the length of
3142 * vertical scroll arrows.
3146 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3147 g_param_spec_int ("scroll-arrow-vlength",
3148 P_("Vertical Scroll Arrow Length"),
3149 P_("The length of vertical scroll arrows"),
3151 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3153 g_type_class_add_private (klass, sizeof (GtkWidgetPrivate));
3157 gtk_widget_base_class_finalize (GtkWidgetClass *klass)
3161 list = g_param_spec_pool_list_owned (style_property_spec_pool, G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (klass));
3162 for (node = list; node; node = node->next)
3164 GParamSpec *pspec = node->data;
3166 g_param_spec_pool_remove (style_property_spec_pool, pspec);
3167 g_param_spec_unref (pspec);
3173 gtk_widget_set_property (GObject *object,
3175 const GValue *value,
3178 GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
3183 gchar *tooltip_markup;
3184 const gchar *tooltip_text;
3185 GtkWindow *tooltip_window;
3188 gtk_widget_set_name (widget, g_value_get_string (value));
3191 gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (g_value_get_object (value)), widget);
3193 case PROP_WIDTH_REQUEST:
3194 gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (widget, g_value_get_int (value), -2, 0);
3196 case PROP_HEIGHT_REQUEST:
3197 gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (widget, -2, g_value_get_int (value), 0);
3200 gtk_widget_set_visible (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3202 case PROP_SENSITIVE:
3203 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3205 case PROP_APP_PAINTABLE:
3206 gtk_widget_set_app_paintable (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3208 case PROP_CAN_FOCUS:
3209 gtk_widget_set_can_focus (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3211 case PROP_HAS_FOCUS:
3212 if (g_value_get_boolean (value))
3213 gtk_widget_grab_focus (widget);
3216 if (g_value_get_boolean (value))
3217 gtk_widget_grab_focus (widget);
3219 case PROP_CAN_DEFAULT:
3220 gtk_widget_set_can_default (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3222 case PROP_HAS_DEFAULT:
3223 if (g_value_get_boolean (value))
3224 gtk_widget_grab_default (widget);
3226 case PROP_RECEIVES_DEFAULT:
3227 gtk_widget_set_receives_default (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3230 gtk_widget_set_style (widget, g_value_get_object (value));
3233 if (!gtk_widget_get_realized (widget) && gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
3234 gtk_widget_set_events (widget, g_value_get_flags (value));
3236 case PROP_NO_SHOW_ALL:
3237 gtk_widget_set_no_show_all (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3239 case PROP_HAS_TOOLTIP:
3240 gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (widget,
3241 g_value_get_boolean (value), FALSE);
3243 case PROP_TOOLTIP_MARKUP:
3244 tooltip_window = g_object_get_qdata (object, quark_tooltip_window);
3245 tooltip_markup = g_value_dup_string (value);
3247 /* Treat an empty string as a NULL string,
3248 * because an empty string would be useless for a tooltip:
3250 if (tooltip_markup && (strlen (tooltip_markup) == 0))
3252 g_free (tooltip_markup);
3253 tooltip_markup = NULL;
3256 g_object_set_qdata_full (object, quark_tooltip_markup,
3257 tooltip_markup, g_free);
3259 tmp = (tooltip_window != NULL || tooltip_markup != NULL);
3260 gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (widget, tmp, FALSE);
3261 if (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
3262 gtk_widget_queue_tooltip_query (widget);
3264 case PROP_TOOLTIP_TEXT:
3265 tooltip_window = g_object_get_qdata (object, quark_tooltip_window);
3267 tooltip_text = g_value_get_string (value);
3269 /* Treat an empty string as a NULL string,
3270 * because an empty string would be useless for a tooltip:
3272 if (tooltip_text && (strlen (tooltip_text) == 0))
3273 tooltip_text = NULL;
3275 tooltip_markup = tooltip_text ? g_markup_escape_text (tooltip_text, -1) : NULL;
3277 g_object_set_qdata_full (object, quark_tooltip_markup,
3278 tooltip_markup, g_free);
3280 tmp = (tooltip_window != NULL || tooltip_markup != NULL);
3281 gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (widget, tmp, FALSE);
3282 if (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
3283 gtk_widget_queue_tooltip_query (widget);
3285 case PROP_DOUBLE_BUFFERED:
3286 gtk_widget_set_double_buffered (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3289 gtk_widget_set_halign (widget, g_value_get_enum (value));
3292 gtk_widget_set_valign (widget, g_value_get_enum (value));
3294 case PROP_MARGIN_LEFT:
3295 gtk_widget_set_margin_left (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
3297 case PROP_MARGIN_RIGHT:
3298 gtk_widget_set_margin_right (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
3300 case PROP_MARGIN_TOP:
3301 gtk_widget_set_margin_top (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
3303 case PROP_MARGIN_BOTTOM:
3304 gtk_widget_set_margin_bottom (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
3307 g_object_freeze_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
3308 gtk_widget_set_margin_left (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
3309 gtk_widget_set_margin_right (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
3310 gtk_widget_set_margin_top (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
3311 gtk_widget_set_margin_bottom (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
3312 g_object_thaw_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
3315 gtk_widget_set_hexpand (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3317 case PROP_HEXPAND_SET:
3318 gtk_widget_set_hexpand_set (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3321 gtk_widget_set_vexpand (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3323 case PROP_VEXPAND_SET:
3324 gtk_widget_set_vexpand_set (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3327 g_object_freeze_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
3328 gtk_widget_set_hexpand (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3329 gtk_widget_set_vexpand (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3330 g_object_thaw_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
3333 G_OBJECT_WARN_INVALID_PROPERTY_ID (object, prop_id, pspec);
3339 gtk_widget_get_property (GObject *object,
3344 GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
3345 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
3353 g_value_set_string (value, priv->name);
3355 g_value_set_static_string (value, "");
3358 g_value_set_object (value, priv->parent);
3360 case PROP_WIDTH_REQUEST:
3363 gtk_widget_get_size_request (widget, &w, NULL);
3364 g_value_set_int (value, w);
3367 case PROP_HEIGHT_REQUEST:
3370 gtk_widget_get_size_request (widget, NULL, &h);
3371 g_value_set_int (value, h);
3375 g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget) != FALSE));
3377 case PROP_SENSITIVE:
3378 g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_get_sensitive (widget) != FALSE));
3380 case PROP_APP_PAINTABLE:
3381 g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_get_app_paintable (widget) != FALSE));
3383 case PROP_CAN_FOCUS:
3384 g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_get_can_focus (widget) != FALSE));
3386 case PROP_HAS_FOCUS:
3387 g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_has_focus (widget) != FALSE));
3390 g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_is_focus (widget)));
3392 case PROP_CAN_DEFAULT:
3393 g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_get_can_default (widget) != FALSE));
3395 case PROP_HAS_DEFAULT:
3396 g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_has_default (widget) != FALSE));
3398 case PROP_RECEIVES_DEFAULT:
3399 g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_get_receives_default (widget) != FALSE));
3401 case PROP_COMPOSITE_CHILD:
3402 g_value_set_boolean (value, widget->priv->composite_child);
3405 g_value_set_object (value, gtk_widget_get_style (widget));
3408 eventp = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask);
3409 g_value_set_flags (value, GPOINTER_TO_INT (eventp));
3411 case PROP_NO_SHOW_ALL:
3412 g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_no_show_all (widget));
3414 case PROP_HAS_TOOLTIP:
3415 g_value_set_boolean (value, GPOINTER_TO_UINT (g_object_get_qdata (object, quark_has_tooltip)));
3417 case PROP_TOOLTIP_TEXT:
3419 gchar *escaped = g_object_get_qdata (object, quark_tooltip_markup);
3422 if (escaped && !pango_parse_markup (escaped, -1, 0, NULL, &text, NULL, NULL))
3423 g_assert (NULL == text); /* text should still be NULL in case of markup errors */
3425 g_value_take_string (value, text);
3428 case PROP_TOOLTIP_MARKUP:
3429 g_value_set_string (value, g_object_get_qdata (object, quark_tooltip_markup));
3432 g_value_set_object (value, gtk_widget_get_window (widget));
3434 case PROP_DOUBLE_BUFFERED:
3435 g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_double_buffered (widget));
3438 g_value_set_enum (value, gtk_widget_get_halign (widget));
3441 g_value_set_enum (value, gtk_widget_get_valign (widget));
3443 case PROP_MARGIN_LEFT:
3444 g_value_set_int (value, gtk_widget_get_margin_left (widget));
3446 case PROP_MARGIN_RIGHT:
3447 g_value_set_int (value, gtk_widget_get_margin_right (widget));
3449 case PROP_MARGIN_TOP:
3450 g_value_set_int (value, gtk_widget_get_margin_top (widget));
3452 case PROP_MARGIN_BOTTOM:
3453 g_value_set_int (value, gtk_widget_get_margin_bottom (widget));
3457 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info = _gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, FALSE);
3458 if (aux_info == NULL)
3460 g_value_set_int (value, 0);
3464 g_value_set_int (value, MAX (MAX (aux_info->margin.left,
3465 aux_info->margin.right),
3466 MAX (aux_info->margin.top,
3467 aux_info->margin.bottom)));
3472 g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_hexpand (widget));
3474 case PROP_HEXPAND_SET:
3475 g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_hexpand_set (widget));
3478 g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_vexpand (widget));
3480 case PROP_VEXPAND_SET:
3481 g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_vexpand_set (widget));
3484 g_value_set_boolean (value,
3485 gtk_widget_get_hexpand (widget) &&
3486 gtk_widget_get_vexpand (widget));
3489 G_OBJECT_WARN_INVALID_PROPERTY_ID (object, prop_id, pspec);
3495 gtk_widget_init (GtkWidget *widget)
3497 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
3499 widget->priv = G_TYPE_INSTANCE_GET_PRIVATE (widget,
3502 priv = widget->priv;
3504 priv->child_visible = TRUE;
3506 priv->allocation.x = -1;
3507 priv->allocation.y = -1;
3508 priv->allocation.width = 1;
3509 priv->allocation.height = 1;
3510 priv->window = NULL;
3511 priv->parent = NULL;
3513 priv->sensitive = TRUE;
3514 priv->parent_sensitive = TRUE;
3515 priv->composite_child = composite_child_stack != 0;
3516 priv->double_buffered = TRUE;
3517 priv->redraw_on_alloc = TRUE;
3518 priv->width_request_needed = TRUE;
3519 priv->height_request_needed = TRUE;
3520 priv->alloc_needed = TRUE;
3522 /* this will be set to TRUE if the widget gets a child or if the
3523 * expand flag is set on the widget, but until one of those happen
3524 * we know the expand is already properly FALSE.
3526 * We really want to default FALSE here to avoid computing expand
3527 * all over the place while initially building a widget tree.
3529 priv->need_compute_expand = FALSE;
3531 priv->style = gtk_widget_get_default_style ();
3532 g_object_ref (priv->style);
3537 gtk_widget_dispatch_child_properties_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
3539 GParamSpec **pspecs)
3541 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
3542 GtkWidget *container = priv->parent;
3545 for (i = 0; widget->priv->parent == container && i < n_pspecs; i++)
3546 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[CHILD_NOTIFY], g_quark_from_string (pspecs[i]->name), pspecs[i]);
3550 * gtk_widget_freeze_child_notify:
3551 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3553 * Stops emission of #GtkWidget::child-notify signals on @widget. The
3554 * signals are queued until gtk_widget_thaw_child_notify() is called
3557 * This is the analogue of g_object_freeze_notify() for child properties.
3560 gtk_widget_freeze_child_notify (GtkWidget *widget)
3562 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
3564 if (!G_OBJECT (widget)->ref_count)
3567 g_object_ref (widget);
3568 g_object_notify_queue_freeze (G_OBJECT (widget), _gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context);
3569 g_object_unref (widget);
3573 * gtk_widget_child_notify:
3574 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3575 * @child_property: the name of a child property installed on the
3576 * class of @widget<!-- -->'s parent
3578 * Emits a #GtkWidget::child-notify signal for the
3579 * <link linkend="child-properties">child property</link> @child_property
3582 * This is the analogue of g_object_notify() for child properties.
3585 gtk_widget_child_notify (GtkWidget *widget,
3586 const gchar *child_property)
3588 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
3591 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
3592 g_return_if_fail (child_property != NULL);
3593 if (!G_OBJECT (widget)->ref_count || !priv->parent)
3596 g_object_ref (widget);
3597 pspec = g_param_spec_pool_lookup (_gtk_widget_child_property_pool,
3599 G_OBJECT_TYPE (priv->parent),
3602 g_warning ("%s: container class `%s' has no child property named `%s'",
3604 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (priv->parent),
3608 GObjectNotifyQueue *nqueue = g_object_notify_queue_freeze (G_OBJECT (widget), _gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context);
3610 g_object_notify_queue_add (G_OBJECT (widget), nqueue, pspec);
3611 g_object_notify_queue_thaw (G_OBJECT (widget), nqueue);
3613 g_object_unref (widget);
3617 * gtk_widget_thaw_child_notify:
3618 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3620 * Reverts the effect of a previous call to gtk_widget_freeze_child_notify().
3621 * This causes all queued #GtkWidget::child-notify signals on @widget to be
3625 gtk_widget_thaw_child_notify (GtkWidget *widget)
3627 GObjectNotifyQueue *nqueue;
3629 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
3631 if (!G_OBJECT (widget)->ref_count)
3634 g_object_ref (widget);
3635 nqueue = g_object_notify_queue_from_object (G_OBJECT (widget), _gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context);
3636 if (!nqueue || !nqueue->freeze_count)
3637 g_warning (G_STRLOC ": child-property-changed notification for %s(%p) is not frozen",
3638 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
3640 g_object_notify_queue_thaw (G_OBJECT (widget), nqueue);
3641 g_object_unref (widget);
3647 * @type: type ID of the widget to create
3648 * @first_property_name: name of first property to set
3649 * @Varargs: value of first property, followed by more properties,
3652 * This is a convenience function for creating a widget and setting
3653 * its properties in one go. For example you might write:
3654 * <literal>gtk_widget_new (GTK_TYPE_LABEL, "label", "Hello World", "xalign",
3655 * 0.0, NULL)</literal> to create a left-aligned label. Equivalent to
3656 * g_object_new(), but returns a widget so you don't have to
3657 * cast the object yourself.
3659 * Return value: a new #GtkWidget of type @widget_type
3662 gtk_widget_new (GType type,
3663 const gchar *first_property_name,
3669 g_return_val_if_fail (g_type_is_a (type, GTK_TYPE_WIDGET), NULL);
3671 va_start (var_args, first_property_name);
3672 widget = (GtkWidget *)g_object_new_valist (type, first_property_name, var_args);
3679 gtk_widget_queue_draw_child (GtkWidget *widget)
3681 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
3684 parent = priv->parent;
3685 if (parent && gtk_widget_is_drawable (parent))
3686 gtk_widget_queue_draw_area (parent,
3689 priv->allocation.width,
3690 priv->allocation.height);
3694 * gtk_widget_unparent:
3695 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3697 * This function is only for use in widget implementations.
3698 * Should be called by implementations of the remove method
3699 * on #GtkContainer, to dissociate a child from the container.
3702 gtk_widget_unparent (GtkWidget *widget)
3704 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
3705 GObjectNotifyQueue *nqueue;
3706 GtkWidget *toplevel;
3707 GtkWidget *old_parent;
3709 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
3711 priv = widget->priv;
3713 if (priv->parent == NULL)
3716 /* keep this function in sync with gtk_menu_detach() */
3718 gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
3720 g_object_freeze_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
3721 nqueue = g_object_notify_queue_freeze (G_OBJECT (widget), _gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context);
3723 toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
3724 if (gtk_widget_is_toplevel (toplevel))
3725 _gtk_window_unset_focus_and_default (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel), widget);
3727 if (gtk_container_get_focus_child (GTK_CONTAINER (priv->parent)) == widget)
3728 gtk_container_set_focus_child (GTK_CONTAINER (priv->parent), NULL);
3730 gtk_widget_queue_draw_child (widget);
3732 /* Reset the width and height here, to force reallocation if we
3733 * get added back to a new parent. This won't work if our new
3734 * allocation is smaller than 1x1 and we actually want a size of 1x1...
3735 * (would 0x0 be OK here?)
3737 priv->allocation.width = 1;
3738 priv->allocation.height = 1;
3740 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
3742 if (priv->in_reparent)
3743 gtk_widget_unmap (widget);
3745 gtk_widget_unrealize (widget);
3748 /* If we are unanchoring the child, we save around the toplevel
3749 * to emit hierarchy changed
3751 if (priv->parent->priv->anchored)
3752 g_object_ref (toplevel);
3756 /* Removing a widget from a container restores the child visible
3757 * flag to the default state, so it doesn't affect the child
3758 * in the next parent.
3760 priv->child_visible = TRUE;
3762 old_parent = priv->parent;
3763 priv->parent = NULL;
3765 /* parent may no longer expand if the removed
3766 * child was expand=TRUE and could therefore
3769 if (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget) &&
3770 (priv->need_compute_expand ||
3771 priv->computed_hexpand ||
3772 priv->computed_vexpand))
3774 gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (old_parent);
3777 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[PARENT_SET], 0, old_parent);
3780 _gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed (widget, toplevel);
3781 g_object_unref (toplevel);
3784 /* Now that the parent pointer is nullified and the hierarchy-changed
3785 * already passed, go ahead and unset the parent window, if we are unparenting
3786 * an embeded GtkWindow the window will become toplevel again and hierarchy-changed
3787 * will fire again for the new subhierarchy.
3789 gtk_widget_set_parent_window (widget, NULL);
3791 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "parent");
3792 g_object_thaw_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
3794 g_object_notify_queue_clear (G_OBJECT (widget), nqueue);
3795 g_object_notify_queue_thaw (G_OBJECT (widget), nqueue);
3797 gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
3798 g_object_unref (widget);
3802 * gtk_widget_destroy:
3803 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3805 * Destroys a widget.
3808 * destroyed, it will break any references it holds to other objects.
3809 * If the widget is inside a container, the widget will be removed
3810 * from the container. If the widget is a toplevel (derived from
3811 * #GtkWindow), it will be removed from the list of toplevels, and the
3812 * reference GTK+ holds to it will be removed. Removing a
3813 * widget from its container or the list of toplevels results in the
3814 * widget being finalized, unless you've added additional references
3815 * to the widget with g_object_ref().
3817 * In most cases, only toplevel widgets (windows) require explicit
3818 * destruction, because when you destroy a toplevel its children will
3819 * be destroyed as well.
3822 gtk_widget_destroy (GtkWidget *widget)
3824 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
3826 if (!widget->priv->in_destruction)
3827 g_object_run_dispose (G_OBJECT (widget));
3831 * gtk_widget_destroyed:
3832 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3833 * @widget_pointer: (inout) (transfer none): address of a variable that contains @widget
3835 * This function sets *@widget_pointer to %NULL if @widget_pointer !=
3836 * %NULL. It's intended to be used as a callback connected to the
3837 * "destroy" signal of a widget. You connect gtk_widget_destroyed()
3838 * as a signal handler, and pass the address of your widget variable
3839 * as user data. Then when the widget is destroyed, the variable will
3840 * be set to %NULL. Useful for example to avoid multiple copies
3841 * of the same dialog.
3844 gtk_widget_destroyed (GtkWidget *widget,
3845 GtkWidget **widget_pointer)
3847 /* Don't make any assumptions about the
3849 * Even check widget_pointer.
3852 *widget_pointer = NULL;
3857 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3859 * Flags a widget to be displayed. Any widget that isn't shown will
3860 * not appear on the screen. If you want to show all the widgets in a
3861 * container, it's easier to call gtk_widget_show_all() on the
3862 * container, instead of individually showing the widgets.
3864 * Remember that you have to show the containers containing a widget,
3865 * in addition to the widget itself, before it will appear onscreen.
3867 * When a toplevel container is shown, it is immediately realized and
3868 * mapped; other shown widgets are realized and mapped when their
3869 * toplevel container is realized and mapped.
3872 gtk_widget_show (GtkWidget *widget)
3874 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
3876 if (!gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
3878 g_object_ref (widget);
3879 gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
3881 if (!gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget))
3882 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
3884 /* see comment in set_parent() for why this should and can be
3887 if (widget->priv->need_compute_expand ||
3888 widget->priv->computed_hexpand ||
3889 widget->priv->computed_vexpand)
3891 if (widget->priv->parent != NULL)
3892 gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (widget->priv->parent);
3895 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[SHOW], 0);
3896 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "visible");
3898 gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
3899 g_object_unref (widget);
3904 gtk_widget_real_show (GtkWidget *widget)
3906 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
3908 if (!gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
3910 priv->visible = TRUE;
3913 gtk_widget_get_mapped (priv->parent) &&
3914 gtk_widget_get_child_visible (widget) &&
3915 !gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
3916 gtk_widget_map (widget);
3921 gtk_widget_show_map_callback (GtkWidget *widget, GdkEvent *event, gint *flag)
3924 g_signal_handlers_disconnect_by_func (widget,
3925 gtk_widget_show_map_callback,
3930 * gtk_widget_show_now:
3931 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3933 * Shows a widget. If the widget is an unmapped toplevel widget
3934 * (i.e. a #GtkWindow that has not yet been shown), enter the main
3935 * loop and wait for the window to actually be mapped. Be careful;
3936 * because the main loop is running, anything can happen during
3940 gtk_widget_show_now (GtkWidget *widget)
3944 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
3946 /* make sure we will get event */
3947 if (!gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget) &&
3948 gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget))
3950 gtk_widget_show (widget);
3952 g_signal_connect (widget, "map-event",
3953 G_CALLBACK (gtk_widget_show_map_callback),
3957 gtk_main_iteration ();
3960 gtk_widget_show (widget);
3965 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3967 * Reverses the effects of gtk_widget_show(), causing the widget to be
3968 * hidden (invisible to the user).
3971 gtk_widget_hide (GtkWidget *widget)
3973 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
3975 if (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
3977 GtkWidget *toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
3979 g_object_ref (widget);
3980 gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
3982 if (toplevel != widget && gtk_widget_is_toplevel (toplevel))
3983 _gtk_window_unset_focus_and_default (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel), widget);
3985 /* a parent may now be expand=FALSE since we're hidden. */
3986 if (widget->priv->need_compute_expand ||
3987 widget->priv->computed_hexpand ||
3988 widget->priv->computed_vexpand)
3990 gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (widget);
3993 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[HIDE], 0);
3994 if (!gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget))
3995 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
3996 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "visible");
3998 gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
3999 g_object_unref (widget);
4004 gtk_widget_real_hide (GtkWidget *widget)
4006 if (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
4008 widget->priv->visible = FALSE;
4010 if (gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
4011 gtk_widget_unmap (widget);
4016 * gtk_widget_hide_on_delete:
4017 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4019 * Utility function; intended to be connected to the #GtkWidget::delete-event
4020 * signal on a #GtkWindow. The function calls gtk_widget_hide() on its
4021 * argument, then returns %TRUE. If connected to ::delete-event, the
4022 * result is that clicking the close button for a window (on the
4023 * window frame, top right corner usually) will hide but not destroy
4024 * the window. By default, GTK+ destroys windows when ::delete-event
4027 * Return value: %TRUE
4030 gtk_widget_hide_on_delete (GtkWidget *widget)
4032 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
4034 gtk_widget_hide (widget);
4040 * gtk_widget_show_all:
4041 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4043 * Recursively shows a widget, and any child widgets (if the widget is
4047 gtk_widget_show_all (GtkWidget *widget)
4049 GtkWidgetClass *class;
4051 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4053 if (gtk_widget_get_no_show_all (widget))
4056 class = GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget);
4058 if (class->show_all)
4059 class->show_all (widget);
4063 _gtk_widget_notify_state_change (GtkWidget *widget,
4071 case GTK_STATE_FLAG_ACTIVE:
4072 state = GTK_STATE_ACTIVE;
4074 case GTK_STATE_FLAG_PRELIGHT:
4075 state = GTK_STATE_PRELIGHT;
4077 case GTK_STATE_FLAG_SELECTED:
4078 state = GTK_STATE_SELECTED;
4080 case GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE:
4081 state = GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE;
4083 case GTK_STATE_FLAG_INCONSISTENT:
4084 state = GTK_STATE_INCONSISTENT;
4086 case GTK_STATE_FLAG_FOCUSED:
4087 state = GTK_STATE_FOCUSED;
4093 gtk_style_context_notify_state_change (widget->priv->context,
4094 gtk_widget_get_window (widget),
4095 NULL, state, target);
4098 /* Initializes state transitions for those states that
4099 * were enabled before mapping and have a looping animation.
4102 _gtk_widget_start_state_transitions (GtkWidget *widget)
4104 GtkStateFlags state, flag;
4106 if (!widget->priv->context)
4109 state = gtk_widget_get_state_flags (widget);
4110 flag = GTK_STATE_FLAG_FOCUSED;
4114 GtkAnimationDescription *animation_desc;
4116 if ((state & flag) == 0)
4122 gtk_style_context_get (widget->priv->context, state,
4123 "transition", &animation_desc,
4128 if (_gtk_animation_description_get_loop (animation_desc))
4129 _gtk_widget_notify_state_change (widget, flag, TRUE);
4131 _gtk_animation_description_unref (animation_desc);
4140 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4142 * This function is only for use in widget implementations. Causes
4143 * a widget to be mapped if it isn't already.
4146 gtk_widget_map (GtkWidget *widget)
4148 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
4150 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4151 g_return_if_fail (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget));
4152 g_return_if_fail (gtk_widget_get_child_visible (widget));
4154 priv = widget->priv;
4156 if (!gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
4158 gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
4160 if (!gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
4161 gtk_widget_realize (widget);
4163 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[MAP], 0);
4165 if (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
4166 gdk_window_invalidate_rect (priv->window, &priv->allocation, FALSE);
4168 gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
4170 _gtk_widget_start_state_transitions (widget);
4176 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4178 * This function is only for use in widget implementations. Causes
4179 * a widget to be unmapped if it's currently mapped.
4182 gtk_widget_unmap (GtkWidget *widget)
4184 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
4186 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4188 priv = widget->priv;
4190 if (gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
4192 gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
4194 if (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
4195 gdk_window_invalidate_rect (priv->window, &priv->allocation, FALSE);
4196 _gtk_tooltip_hide (widget);
4197 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[UNMAP], 0);
4199 gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
4202 gtk_style_context_cancel_animations (priv->context, NULL);
4207 _gtk_widget_enable_device_events (GtkWidget *widget)
4209 GHashTable *device_events;
4210 GHashTableIter iter;
4211 gpointer key, value;
4213 device_events = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_device_event_mask);
4218 g_hash_table_iter_init (&iter, device_events);
4220 while (g_hash_table_iter_next (&iter, &key, &value))
4223 GdkEventMask event_mask;
4226 event_mask = GPOINTER_TO_UINT (value);
4227 gtk_widget_add_events_internal (widget, device, event_mask);
4232 get_widget_windows (GtkWidget *widget)
4234 GList *window_list, *last, *l, *children, *ret;
4236 if (gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
4237 window_list = g_list_prepend (NULL, gtk_widget_get_window (widget));
4239 window_list = gdk_window_peek_children (gtk_widget_get_window (widget));
4241 last = g_list_last (window_list);
4244 for (l = window_list; l; l = l->next)
4246 GtkWidget *window_widget = NULL;
4248 gdk_window_get_user_data (l->data, (gpointer *) &window_widget);
4250 if (widget != window_widget)
4253 ret = g_list_prepend (ret, l->data);
4254 children = gdk_window_peek_children (GDK_WINDOW (l->data));
4258 last = g_list_concat (last, children);
4259 last = g_list_last (last);
4263 g_list_free (window_list);
4269 device_enable_foreach (GtkWidget *widget,
4272 GdkDevice *device = user_data;
4273 gtk_widget_set_device_enabled_internal (widget, device, TRUE, TRUE);
4277 device_disable_foreach (GtkWidget *widget,
4280 GdkDevice *device = user_data;
4281 gtk_widget_set_device_enabled_internal (widget, device, TRUE, FALSE);
4285 gtk_widget_set_device_enabled_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
4290 GList *window_list, *l;
4292 window_list = get_widget_windows (widget);
4294 for (l = window_list; l; l = l->next)
4296 GdkEventMask events = 0;
4302 events = gdk_window_get_events (window);
4304 gdk_window_set_device_events (window, device, events);
4307 if (recurse && GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
4310 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget), device_enable_foreach, device);
4312 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget), device_disable_foreach, device);
4315 g_list_free (window_list);
4319 gtk_widget_update_devices_mask (GtkWidget *widget,
4322 GList *enabled_devices, *l;
4324 enabled_devices = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_enabled_devices);
4326 for (l = enabled_devices; l; l = l->next)
4327 gtk_widget_set_device_enabled_internal (widget, GDK_DEVICE (l->data), recurse, TRUE);
4331 * gtk_widget_realize:
4332 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4334 * Creates the GDK (windowing system) resources associated with a
4335 * widget. For example, @widget->window will be created when a widget
4336 * is realized. Normally realization happens implicitly; if you show
4337 * a widget and all its parent containers, then the widget will be
4338 * realized and mapped automatically.
4340 * Realizing a widget requires all
4341 * the widget's parent widgets to be realized; calling
4342 * gtk_widget_realize() realizes the widget's parents in addition to
4343 * @widget itself. If a widget is not yet inside a toplevel window
4344 * when you realize it, bad things will happen.
4346 * This function is primarily used in widget implementations, and
4347 * isn't very useful otherwise. Many times when you think you might
4348 * need it, a better approach is to connect to a signal that will be
4349 * called after the widget is realized automatically, such as
4350 * #GtkWidget::expose-event. Or simply g_signal_connect () to the
4351 * #GtkWidget::realize signal.
4354 gtk_widget_realize (GtkWidget *widget)
4356 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
4357 cairo_region_t *region;
4359 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4360 g_return_if_fail (widget->priv->anchored ||
4361 GTK_IS_INVISIBLE (widget));
4363 priv = widget->priv;
4365 if (!gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
4367 gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
4370 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget) && gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
4371 g_message ("gtk_widget_realize(%s)", G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget));
4374 if (priv->parent == NULL &&
4375 !gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget))
4376 g_warning ("Calling gtk_widget_realize() on a widget that isn't "
4377 "inside a toplevel window is not going to work very well. "
4378 "Widgets must be inside a toplevel container before realizing them.");
4380 if (priv->parent && !gtk_widget_get_realized (priv->parent))
4381 gtk_widget_realize (priv->parent);
4383 gtk_widget_ensure_style (widget);
4385 if (priv->style_update_pending)
4386 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[STYLE_UPDATED], 0);
4388 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[REALIZE], 0);
4390 gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (widget,
4391 GPOINTER_TO_UINT (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_has_tooltip)),
4394 if (priv->has_shape_mask)
4396 region = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_shape_info);
4397 gdk_window_shape_combine_region (priv->window, region, 0, 0);
4400 region = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_input_shape_info);
4402 gdk_window_input_shape_combine_region (priv->window, region, 0, 0);
4404 if (priv->multidevice)
4405 gdk_window_set_support_multidevice (priv->window, TRUE);
4407 _gtk_widget_enable_device_events (widget);
4408 gtk_widget_update_devices_mask (widget, TRUE);
4410 gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
4415 * gtk_widget_unrealize:
4416 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4418 * This function is only useful in widget implementations.
4419 * Causes a widget to be unrealized (frees all GDK resources
4420 * associated with the widget, such as @widget->window).
4423 gtk_widget_unrealize (GtkWidget *widget)
4425 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4427 gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
4429 if (widget->priv->has_shape_mask)
4430 gtk_widget_shape_combine_region (widget, NULL);
4432 if (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_input_shape_info))
4433 gtk_widget_input_shape_combine_region (widget, NULL);
4435 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
4437 g_object_ref (widget);
4439 if (widget->priv->mapped)
4440 gtk_widget_unmap (widget);
4442 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[UNREALIZE], 0);
4443 g_assert (!widget->priv->mapped);
4444 gtk_widget_set_realized (widget, FALSE);
4446 g_object_unref (widget);
4449 gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
4452 /*****************************************
4454 *****************************************/
4457 * gtk_widget_queue_draw_region:
4458 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4459 * @region: region to draw
4461 * Invalidates the rectangular area of @widget defined by @region by
4462 * calling gdk_window_invalidate_region() on the widget's window and
4463 * all its child windows. Once the main loop becomes idle (after the
4464 * current batch of events has been processed, roughly), the window
4465 * will receive expose events for the union of all regions that have
4468 * Normally you would only use this function in widget
4469 * implementations. You might also use it to schedule a redraw of a
4470 * #GtkDrawingArea or some portion thereof.
4475 gtk_widget_queue_draw_region (GtkWidget *widget,
4476 cairo_region_t *region)
4478 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
4481 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4483 priv = widget->priv;
4485 if (!gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
4488 /* Just return if the widget or one of its ancestors isn't mapped */
4489 for (w = widget; w != NULL; w = w->priv->parent)
4490 if (!gtk_widget_get_mapped (w))
4493 gdk_window_invalidate_region (priv->window, region, TRUE);
4497 * gtk_widget_queue_draw_area:
4498 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4499 * @x: x coordinate of upper-left corner of rectangle to redraw
4500 * @y: y coordinate of upper-left corner of rectangle to redraw
4501 * @width: width of region to draw
4502 * @height: height of region to draw
4504 * Convenience function that calls gtk_widget_queue_draw_region() on
4505 * the region created from the given coordinates.
4508 gtk_widget_queue_draw_area (GtkWidget *widget,
4515 cairo_region_t *region;
4517 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4522 rect.height = height;
4524 region = cairo_region_create_rectangle (&rect);
4525 gtk_widget_queue_draw_region (widget, region);
4526 cairo_region_destroy (region);
4530 * gtk_widget_queue_draw:
4531 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4533 * Equivalent to calling gtk_widget_queue_draw_area() for the
4534 * entire area of a widget.
4537 gtk_widget_queue_draw (GtkWidget *widget)
4541 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4543 gtk_widget_get_allocation (widget, &rect);
4545 if (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
4546 gtk_widget_queue_draw_area (widget,
4547 rect.x, rect.y, rect.width, rect.height);
4549 gtk_widget_queue_draw_area (widget,
4550 0, 0, rect.width, rect.height);
4554 * gtk_widget_queue_resize:
4555 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4557 * This function is only for use in widget implementations.
4558 * Flags a widget to have its size renegotiated; should
4559 * be called when a widget for some reason has a new size request.
4560 * For example, when you change the text in a #GtkLabel, #GtkLabel
4561 * queues a resize to ensure there's enough space for the new text.
4563 * <note><para>You cannot call gtk_widget_queue_resize() on a widget
4564 * from inside it's implementation of the GtkWidgetClass::size_allocate
4565 * virtual method. Calls to gtk_widget_queue_resize() from inside
4566 * GtkWidgetClass::size_allocate will be silently ignored.</para></note>
4569 gtk_widget_queue_resize (GtkWidget *widget)
4571 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4573 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
4574 gtk_widget_queue_shallow_draw (widget);
4576 _gtk_size_group_queue_resize (widget, 0);
4580 * gtk_widget_queue_resize_no_redraw:
4581 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4583 * This function works like gtk_widget_queue_resize(),
4584 * except that the widget is not invalidated.
4589 gtk_widget_queue_resize_no_redraw (GtkWidget *widget)
4591 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4593 _gtk_size_group_queue_resize (widget, 0);
4597 * gtk_widget_size_request:
4598 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4599 * @requisition: (out): a #GtkRequisition to be filled in
4601 * This function is typically used when implementing a #GtkContainer
4602 * subclass. Obtains the preferred size of a widget. The container
4603 * uses this information to arrange its child widgets and decide what
4604 * size allocations to give them with gtk_widget_size_allocate().
4606 * You can also call this function from an application, with some
4607 * caveats. Most notably, getting a size request requires the widget
4608 * to be associated with a screen, because font information may be
4609 * needed. Multihead-aware applications should keep this in mind.
4611 * Also remember that the size request is not necessarily the size
4612 * a widget will actually be allocated.
4614 * Deprecated: 3.0: Use gtk_widget_get_preferred_size() instead.
4617 gtk_widget_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
4618 GtkRequisition *requisition)
4620 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4622 gtk_widget_get_preferred_size (widget, requisition, NULL);
4626 * gtk_widget_get_child_requisition:
4627 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4628 * @requisition: (out): a #GtkRequisition to be filled in
4630 * This function is only for use in widget implementations. Obtains
4631 * @widget->requisition, unless someone has forced a particular
4632 * geometry on the widget (e.g. with gtk_widget_set_size_request()),
4633 * in which case it returns that geometry instead of the widget's
4636 * This function differs from gtk_widget_size_request() in that
4637 * it retrieves the last size request value from @widget->requisition,
4638 * while gtk_widget_size_request() actually calls the "size_request" method
4639 * on @widget to compute the size request and fill in @widget->requisition,
4640 * and only then returns @widget->requisition.
4642 * Because this function does not call the "size_request" method, it
4643 * can only be used when you know that @widget->requisition is
4644 * up-to-date, that is, gtk_widget_size_request() has been called
4645 * since the last time a resize was queued. In general, only container
4646 * implementations have this information; applications should use
4647 * gtk_widget_size_request().
4650 * Deprecated: 3.0: Use gtk_widget_get_preferred_size() instead.
4653 gtk_widget_get_child_requisition (GtkWidget *widget,
4654 GtkRequisition *requisition)
4656 gtk_widget_get_preferred_size (widget, requisition, NULL);
4660 invalidate_predicate (GdkWindow *window,
4665 gdk_window_get_user_data (window, &user_data);
4667 return (user_data == data);
4670 /* Invalidate @region in widget->window and all children
4671 * of widget->window owned by widget. @region is in the
4672 * same coordinates as widget->allocation and will be
4673 * modified by this call.
4676 gtk_widget_invalidate_widget_windows (GtkWidget *widget,
4677 cairo_region_t *region)
4679 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
4681 if (!gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
4684 if (gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget) && priv->parent)
4688 gdk_window_get_position (priv->window, &x, &y);
4689 cairo_region_translate (region, -x, -y);
4692 gdk_window_invalidate_maybe_recurse (priv->window, region,
4693 invalidate_predicate, widget);
4697 * gtk_widget_queue_shallow_draw:
4698 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4700 * Like gtk_widget_queue_draw(), but only windows owned
4701 * by @widget are invalidated.
4704 gtk_widget_queue_shallow_draw (GtkWidget *widget)
4707 cairo_region_t *region;
4709 if (!gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
4712 gtk_widget_get_allocation (widget, &rect);
4714 region = cairo_region_create_rectangle (&rect);
4715 gtk_widget_invalidate_widget_windows (widget, region);
4716 cairo_region_destroy (region);
4720 * gtk_widget_size_allocate:
4721 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4722 * @allocation: position and size to be allocated to @widget
4724 * This function is only used by #GtkContainer subclasses, to assign a size
4725 * and position to their child widgets.
4727 * In this function, the allocation may be adjusted. It will be forced
4728 * to a 1x1 minimum size, and the adjust_size_allocation virtual
4729 * method on the child will be used to adjust the allocation. Standard
4730 * adjustments include removing the widget's margins, and applying the
4731 * widget's #GtkWidget:halign and #GtkWidget:valign properties.
4734 gtk_widget_size_allocate (GtkWidget *widget,
4735 GtkAllocation *allocation)
4737 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
4738 GdkRectangle real_allocation;
4739 GdkRectangle old_allocation;
4740 GdkRectangle adjusted_allocation;
4741 gboolean alloc_needed;
4742 gboolean size_changed;
4743 gboolean position_changed;
4744 gint natural_width, natural_height, dummy;
4745 gint min_width, min_height;
4747 priv = widget->priv;
4749 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4751 gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
4753 #ifdef G_ENABLE_DEBUG
4754 if (gtk_get_debug_flags () & GTK_DEBUG_GEOMETRY)
4765 parent = gtk_widget_get_parent (parent);
4768 name = g_type_name (G_OBJECT_TYPE (G_OBJECT (widget)));
4769 g_print ("gtk_widget_size_allocate: %*s%s %d %d\n",
4770 2 * depth, " ", name,
4771 allocation->width, allocation->height);
4773 #endif /* G_ENABLE_DEBUG */
4775 alloc_needed = priv->alloc_needed;
4776 if (!priv->width_request_needed && !priv->height_request_needed)
4777 /* Preserve request/allocate ordering */
4778 priv->alloc_needed = FALSE;
4780 old_allocation = priv->allocation;
4781 real_allocation = *allocation;
4783 adjusted_allocation = real_allocation;
4784 if (gtk_widget_get_request_mode (widget) == GTK_SIZE_REQUEST_HEIGHT_FOR_WIDTH)
4786 /* Go ahead and request the height for allocated width, note that the internals
4787 * of get_height_for_width will internally limit the for_size to natural size
4788 * when aligning implicitly.
4790 gtk_widget_get_preferred_width (widget, &min_width, &natural_width);
4791 gtk_widget_get_preferred_height_for_width (widget, real_allocation.width, &dummy, &natural_height);
4795 /* Go ahead and request the width for allocated height, note that the internals
4796 * of get_width_for_height will internally limit the for_size to natural size
4797 * when aligning implicitly.
4799 gtk_widget_get_preferred_height (widget, &min_height, &natural_height);
4800 gtk_widget_get_preferred_width_for_height (widget, real_allocation.height, &dummy, &natural_width);
4803 /* Now that we have the right natural height and width, go ahead and remove any margins from the
4804 * allocated sizes and possibly limit them to the natural sizes */
4805 GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->adjust_size_allocation (widget,
4806 GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL,
4809 &adjusted_allocation.x,
4810 &adjusted_allocation.width);
4811 GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->adjust_size_allocation (widget,
4812 GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL,
4815 &adjusted_allocation.y,
4816 &adjusted_allocation.height);
4818 if (adjusted_allocation.x < real_allocation.x ||
4819 adjusted_allocation.y < real_allocation.y ||
4820 (adjusted_allocation.x + adjusted_allocation.width) >
4821 (real_allocation.x + real_allocation.width) ||
4822 (adjusted_allocation.y + adjusted_allocation.height >
4823 real_allocation.y + real_allocation.height))
4825 g_warning ("%s %p attempted to adjust its size allocation from %d,%d %dx%d to %d,%d %dx%d. adjust_size_allocation must keep allocation inside original bounds",
4826 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget,
4827 real_allocation.x, real_allocation.y, real_allocation.width, real_allocation.height,
4828 adjusted_allocation.x, adjusted_allocation.y, adjusted_allocation.width, adjusted_allocation.height);
4829 adjusted_allocation = real_allocation; /* veto it */
4833 real_allocation = adjusted_allocation;
4836 if (real_allocation.width < 0 || real_allocation.height < 0)
4838 g_warning ("gtk_widget_size_allocate(): attempt to allocate widget with width %d and height %d",
4839 real_allocation.width,
4840 real_allocation.height);
4843 real_allocation.width = MAX (real_allocation.width, 1);
4844 real_allocation.height = MAX (real_allocation.height, 1);
4846 size_changed = (old_allocation.width != real_allocation.width ||
4847 old_allocation.height != real_allocation.height);
4848 position_changed = (old_allocation.x != real_allocation.x ||
4849 old_allocation.y != real_allocation.y);
4851 if (!alloc_needed && !size_changed && !position_changed)
4854 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[SIZE_ALLOCATE], 0, &real_allocation);
4856 /* Size allocation is god... after consulting god, no further requests or allocations are needed */
4857 priv->width_request_needed = FALSE;
4858 priv->height_request_needed = FALSE;
4859 priv->alloc_needed = FALSE;
4861 if (gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
4863 if (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget) && priv->redraw_on_alloc && position_changed)
4865 /* Invalidate union(old_allaction,priv->allocation) in priv->window
4867 cairo_region_t *invalidate = cairo_region_create_rectangle (&priv->allocation);
4868 cairo_region_union_rectangle (invalidate, &old_allocation);
4870 gdk_window_invalidate_region (priv->window, invalidate, FALSE);
4871 cairo_region_destroy (invalidate);
4876 if (priv->redraw_on_alloc)
4878 /* Invalidate union(old_allaction,priv->allocation) in priv->window and descendents owned by widget
4880 cairo_region_t *invalidate = cairo_region_create_rectangle (&priv->allocation);
4881 cairo_region_union_rectangle (invalidate, &old_allocation);
4883 gtk_widget_invalidate_widget_windows (widget, invalidate);
4884 cairo_region_destroy (invalidate);
4888 if (size_changed || position_changed)
4890 GtkStyleContext *context;
4892 context = gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget);
4893 _gtk_style_context_invalidate_animation_areas (context);
4897 if ((size_changed || position_changed) && priv->parent &&
4898 gtk_widget_get_realized (priv->parent) && _gtk_container_get_reallocate_redraws (GTK_CONTAINER (priv->parent)))
4900 cairo_region_t *invalidate = cairo_region_create_rectangle (&priv->parent->priv->allocation);
4901 gtk_widget_invalidate_widget_windows (priv->parent, invalidate);
4902 cairo_region_destroy (invalidate);
4906 gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
4910 * gtk_widget_common_ancestor:
4911 * @widget_a: a #GtkWidget
4912 * @widget_b: a #GtkWidget
4914 * Find the common ancestor of @widget_a and @widget_b that
4915 * is closest to the two widgets.
4917 * Return value: the closest common ancestor of @widget_a and
4918 * @widget_b or %NULL if @widget_a and @widget_b do not
4919 * share a common ancestor.
4922 gtk_widget_common_ancestor (GtkWidget *widget_a,
4923 GtkWidget *widget_b)
4925 GtkWidget *parent_a;
4926 GtkWidget *parent_b;
4930 parent_a = widget_a;
4931 while (parent_a->priv->parent)
4933 parent_a = parent_a->priv->parent;
4937 parent_b = widget_b;
4938 while (parent_b->priv->parent)
4940 parent_b = parent_b->priv->parent;
4944 if (parent_a != parent_b)
4947 while (depth_a > depth_b)
4949 widget_a = widget_a->priv->parent;
4953 while (depth_b > depth_a)
4955 widget_b = widget_b->priv->parent;
4959 while (widget_a != widget_b)
4961 widget_a = widget_a->priv->parent;
4962 widget_b = widget_b->priv->parent;
4969 * gtk_widget_translate_coordinates:
4970 * @src_widget: a #GtkWidget
4971 * @dest_widget: a #GtkWidget
4972 * @src_x: X position relative to @src_widget
4973 * @src_y: Y position relative to @src_widget
4974 * @dest_x: (out): location to store X position relative to @dest_widget
4975 * @dest_y: (out): location to store Y position relative to @dest_widget
4977 * Translate coordinates relative to @src_widget's allocation to coordinates
4978 * relative to @dest_widget's allocations. In order to perform this
4979 * operation, both widgets must be realized, and must share a common
4982 * Return value: %FALSE if either widget was not realized, or there
4983 * was no common ancestor. In this case, nothing is stored in
4984 * *@dest_x and *@dest_y. Otherwise %TRUE.
4987 gtk_widget_translate_coordinates (GtkWidget *src_widget,
4988 GtkWidget *dest_widget,
4994 GtkWidgetPrivate *src_priv = src_widget->priv;
4995 GtkWidgetPrivate *dest_priv = dest_widget->priv;
4996 GtkWidget *ancestor;
4998 GList *dest_list = NULL;
5000 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (src_widget), FALSE);
5001 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (dest_widget), FALSE);
5003 ancestor = gtk_widget_common_ancestor (src_widget, dest_widget);
5004 if (!ancestor || !gtk_widget_get_realized (src_widget) || !gtk_widget_get_realized (dest_widget))
5007 /* Translate from allocation relative to window relative */
5008 if (gtk_widget_get_has_window (src_widget) && src_priv->parent)
5011 gdk_window_get_position (src_priv->window, &wx, &wy);
5013 src_x -= wx - src_priv->allocation.x;
5014 src_y -= wy - src_priv->allocation.y;
5018 src_x += src_priv->allocation.x;
5019 src_y += src_priv->allocation.y;
5022 /* Translate to the common ancestor */
5023 window = src_priv->window;
5024 while (window != ancestor->priv->window)
5028 gdk_window_coords_to_parent (window, src_x, src_y, &dx, &dy);
5033 window = gdk_window_get_effective_parent (window);
5035 if (!window) /* Handle GtkHandleBox */
5040 window = dest_priv->window;
5041 while (window != ancestor->priv->window)
5043 dest_list = g_list_prepend (dest_list, window);
5045 window = gdk_window_get_effective_parent (window);
5047 if (!window) /* Handle GtkHandleBox */
5049 g_list_free (dest_list);
5058 gdk_window_coords_from_parent (dest_list->data, src_x, src_y, &dx, &dy);
5063 dest_list = g_list_remove (dest_list, dest_list->data);
5066 /* Translate from window relative to allocation relative */
5067 if (gtk_widget_get_has_window (dest_widget) && dest_priv->parent)
5070 gdk_window_get_position (dest_priv->window, &wx, &wy);
5072 src_x += wx - dest_priv->allocation.x;
5073 src_y += wy - dest_priv->allocation.y;
5077 src_x -= dest_priv->allocation.x;
5078 src_y -= dest_priv->allocation.y;
5090 gtk_widget_real_size_allocate (GtkWidget *widget,
5091 GtkAllocation *allocation)
5093 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
5095 priv->allocation = *allocation;
5097 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget) &&
5098 gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
5100 gdk_window_move_resize (priv->window,
5101 allocation->x, allocation->y,
5102 allocation->width, allocation->height);
5107 adjust_for_align(GtkAlign align,
5109 gint *allocated_pos,
5110 gint *allocated_size)
5114 case GTK_ALIGN_FILL:
5115 /* change nothing */
5117 case GTK_ALIGN_START:
5118 /* keep *allocated_pos where it is */
5119 *allocated_size = MIN (*allocated_size, *natural_size);
5122 if (*allocated_size > *natural_size)
5124 *allocated_pos += (*allocated_size - *natural_size);
5125 *allocated_size = *natural_size;
5128 case GTK_ALIGN_CENTER:
5129 if (*allocated_size > *natural_size)
5131 *allocated_pos += (*allocated_size - *natural_size) / 2;
5132 *allocated_size = MIN (*allocated_size, *natural_size);
5139 adjust_for_margin(gint start_margin,
5143 gint *allocated_pos,
5144 gint *allocated_size)
5146 *minimum_size -= (start_margin + end_margin);
5147 *natural_size -= (start_margin + end_margin);
5148 *allocated_pos += start_margin;
5149 *allocated_size -= (start_margin + end_margin);
5153 gtk_widget_real_adjust_size_allocation (GtkWidget *widget,
5154 GtkOrientation orientation,
5157 gint *allocated_pos,
5158 gint *allocated_size)
5160 const GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
5162 aux_info = _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (widget);
5164 if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL)
5166 adjust_for_margin (aux_info->margin.left,
5167 aux_info->margin.right,
5168 minimum_size, natural_size,
5169 allocated_pos, allocated_size);
5170 adjust_for_align (aux_info->halign,
5171 natural_size, allocated_pos, allocated_size);
5175 adjust_for_margin (aux_info->margin.top,
5176 aux_info->margin.bottom,
5177 minimum_size, natural_size,
5178 allocated_pos, allocated_size);
5179 adjust_for_align (aux_info->valign,
5180 natural_size, allocated_pos, allocated_size);
5185 gtk_widget_real_can_activate_accel (GtkWidget *widget,
5188 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
5190 /* widgets must be onscreen for accels to take effect */
5191 return gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget) &&
5192 gtk_widget_is_drawable (widget) &&
5193 gdk_window_is_viewable (priv->window);
5197 * gtk_widget_can_activate_accel:
5198 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
5199 * @signal_id: the ID of a signal installed on @widget
5201 * Determines whether an accelerator that activates the signal
5202 * identified by @signal_id can currently be activated.
5203 * This is done by emitting the #GtkWidget::can-activate-accel
5204 * signal on @widget; if the signal isn't overridden by a
5205 * handler or in a derived widget, then the default check is
5206 * that the widget must be sensitive, and the widget and all
5207 * its ancestors mapped.
5209 * Return value: %TRUE if the accelerator can be activated.
5214 gtk_widget_can_activate_accel (GtkWidget *widget,
5217 gboolean can_activate = FALSE;
5218 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
5219 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[CAN_ACTIVATE_ACCEL], 0, signal_id, &can_activate);
5220 return can_activate;
5229 closure_accel_activate (GClosure *closure,
5230 GValue *return_value,
5231 guint n_param_values,
5232 const GValue *param_values,
5233 gpointer invocation_hint,
5234 gpointer marshal_data)
5236 AccelClosure *aclosure = (AccelClosure*) closure;
5237 gboolean can_activate = gtk_widget_can_activate_accel (closure->data, aclosure->signal_id);
5240 g_signal_emit (closure->data, aclosure->signal_id, 0);
5242 /* whether accelerator was handled */
5243 g_value_set_boolean (return_value, can_activate);
5247 closures_destroy (gpointer data)
5249 GSList *slist, *closures = data;
5251 for (slist = closures; slist; slist = slist->next)
5253 g_closure_invalidate (slist->data);
5254 g_closure_unref (slist->data);
5256 g_slist_free (closures);
5260 widget_new_accel_closure (GtkWidget *widget,
5263 AccelClosure *aclosure;
5264 GClosure *closure = NULL;
5265 GSList *slist, *closures;
5267 closures = g_object_steal_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_closures);
5268 for (slist = closures; slist; slist = slist->next)
5269 if (!gtk_accel_group_from_accel_closure (slist->data))
5271 /* reuse this closure */
5272 closure = slist->data;
5277 closure = g_closure_new_object (sizeof (AccelClosure), G_OBJECT (widget));
5278 closures = g_slist_prepend (closures, g_closure_ref (closure));
5279 g_closure_sink (closure);
5280 g_closure_set_marshal (closure, closure_accel_activate);
5282 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_closures, closures, closures_destroy);
5284 aclosure = (AccelClosure*) closure;
5285 g_assert (closure->data == widget);
5286 g_assert (closure->marshal == closure_accel_activate);
5287 aclosure->signal_id = signal_id;
5293 * gtk_widget_add_accelerator
5294 * @widget: widget to install an accelerator on
5295 * @accel_signal: widget signal to emit on accelerator activation
5296 * @accel_group: accel group for this widget, added to its toplevel
5297 * @accel_key: GDK keyval of the accelerator
5298 * @accel_mods: modifier key combination of the accelerator
5299 * @accel_flags: flag accelerators, e.g. %GTK_ACCEL_VISIBLE
5301 * Installs an accelerator for this @widget in @accel_group that causes
5302 * @accel_signal to be emitted if the accelerator is activated.
5303 * The @accel_group needs to be added to the widget's toplevel via
5304 * gtk_window_add_accel_group(), and the signal must be of type %G_RUN_ACTION.
5305 * Accelerators added through this function are not user changeable during
5306 * runtime. If you want to support accelerators that can be changed by the
5307 * user, use gtk_accel_map_add_entry() and gtk_widget_set_accel_path() or
5308 * gtk_menu_item_set_accel_path() instead.
5311 gtk_widget_add_accelerator (GtkWidget *widget,
5312 const gchar *accel_signal,
5313 GtkAccelGroup *accel_group,
5315 GdkModifierType accel_mods,
5316 GtkAccelFlags accel_flags)
5321 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
5322 g_return_if_fail (accel_signal != NULL);
5323 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_ACCEL_GROUP (accel_group));
5325 g_signal_query (g_signal_lookup (accel_signal, G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget)), &query);
5326 if (!query.signal_id ||
5327 !(query.signal_flags & G_SIGNAL_ACTION) ||
5328 query.return_type != G_TYPE_NONE ||
5331 /* hmm, should be elaborate enough */
5332 g_warning (G_STRLOC ": widget `%s' has no activatable signal \"%s\" without arguments",
5333 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), accel_signal);
5337 closure = widget_new_accel_closure (widget, query.signal_id);
5339 g_object_ref (widget);
5341 /* install the accelerator. since we don't map this onto an accel_path,
5342 * the accelerator will automatically be locked.
5344 gtk_accel_group_connect (accel_group,
5347 accel_flags | GTK_ACCEL_LOCKED,
5350 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[ACCEL_CLOSURES_CHANGED], 0);
5352 g_object_unref (widget);
5356 * gtk_widget_remove_accelerator:
5357 * @widget: widget to install an accelerator on
5358 * @accel_group: accel group for this widget
5359 * @accel_key: GDK keyval of the accelerator
5360 * @accel_mods: modifier key combination of the accelerator
5361 * @returns: whether an accelerator was installed and could be removed
5363 * Removes an accelerator from @widget, previously installed with
5364 * gtk_widget_add_accelerator().
5367 gtk_widget_remove_accelerator (GtkWidget *widget,
5368 GtkAccelGroup *accel_group,
5370 GdkModifierType accel_mods)
5372 GtkAccelGroupEntry *ag_entry;
5373 GList *slist, *clist;
5376 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
5377 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_ACCEL_GROUP (accel_group), FALSE);
5379 ag_entry = gtk_accel_group_query (accel_group, accel_key, accel_mods, &n);
5380 clist = gtk_widget_list_accel_closures (widget);
5381 for (slist = clist; slist; slist = slist->next)
5385 for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
5386 if (slist->data == (gpointer) ag_entry[i].closure)
5388 gboolean is_removed = gtk_accel_group_disconnect (accel_group, slist->data);
5390 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[ACCEL_CLOSURES_CHANGED], 0);
5392 g_list_free (clist);
5397 g_list_free (clist);
5399 g_warning (G_STRLOC ": no accelerator (%u,%u) installed in accel group (%p) for %s (%p)",
5400 accel_key, accel_mods, accel_group,
5401 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
5407 * gtk_widget_list_accel_closures:
5408 * @widget: widget to list accelerator closures for
5410 * Lists the closures used by @widget for accelerator group connections
5411 * with gtk_accel_group_connect_by_path() or gtk_accel_group_connect().
5412 * The closures can be used to monitor accelerator changes on @widget,
5413 * by connecting to the @GtkAccelGroup::accel-changed signal of the
5414 * #GtkAccelGroup of a closure which can be found out with
5415 * gtk_accel_group_from_accel_closure().
5417 * Return value: (transfer container) (element-type GClosure):
5418 * a newly allocated #GList of closures
5421 gtk_widget_list_accel_closures (GtkWidget *widget)
5424 GList *clist = NULL;
5426 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
5428 for (slist = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_closures); slist; slist = slist->next)
5429 if (gtk_accel_group_from_accel_closure (slist->data))
5430 clist = g_list_prepend (clist, slist->data);
5436 GtkAccelGroup *accel_group;
5441 destroy_accel_path (gpointer data)
5443 AccelPath *apath = data;
5445 gtk_accel_group_disconnect (apath->accel_group, apath->closure);
5447 /* closures_destroy takes care of unrefing the closure */
5448 g_object_unref (apath->accel_group);
5450 g_slice_free (AccelPath, apath);
5455 * gtk_widget_set_accel_path:
5456 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
5457 * @accel_path: (allow-none): path used to look up the accelerator
5458 * @accel_group: (allow-none): a #GtkAccelGroup.
5460 * Given an accelerator group, @accel_group, and an accelerator path,
5461 * @accel_path, sets up an accelerator in @accel_group so whenever the
5462 * key binding that is defined for @accel_path is pressed, @widget
5463 * will be activated. This removes any accelerators (for any
5464 * accelerator group) installed by previous calls to
5465 * gtk_widget_set_accel_path(). Associating accelerators with
5466 * paths allows them to be modified by the user and the modifications
5467 * to be saved for future use. (See gtk_accel_map_save().)
5469 * This function is a low level function that would most likely
5470 * be used by a menu creation system like #GtkUIManager. If you
5471 * use #GtkUIManager, setting up accelerator paths will be done
5474 * Even when you you aren't using #GtkUIManager, if you only want to
5475 * set up accelerators on menu items gtk_menu_item_set_accel_path()
5476 * provides a somewhat more convenient interface.
5478 * Note that @accel_path string will be stored in a #GQuark. Therefore, if you
5479 * pass a static string, you can save some memory by interning it first with
5480 * g_intern_static_string().
5483 gtk_widget_set_accel_path (GtkWidget *widget,
5484 const gchar *accel_path,
5485 GtkAccelGroup *accel_group)
5489 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
5490 g_return_if_fail (GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->activate_signal != 0);
5494 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_ACCEL_GROUP (accel_group));
5495 g_return_if_fail (_gtk_accel_path_is_valid (accel_path));
5497 gtk_accel_map_add_entry (accel_path, 0, 0);
5498 apath = g_slice_new (AccelPath);
5499 apath->accel_group = g_object_ref (accel_group);
5500 apath->path_quark = g_quark_from_string (accel_path);
5501 apath->closure = widget_new_accel_closure (widget, GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->activate_signal);
5506 /* also removes possible old settings */
5507 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_path, apath, destroy_accel_path);
5510 gtk_accel_group_connect_by_path (apath->accel_group, g_quark_to_string (apath->path_quark), apath->closure);
5512 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[ACCEL_CLOSURES_CHANGED], 0);
5516 _gtk_widget_get_accel_path (GtkWidget *widget,
5521 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
5523 apath = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_path);
5525 *locked = apath ? gtk_accel_group_get_is_locked (apath->accel_group) : TRUE;
5526 return apath ? g_quark_to_string (apath->path_quark) : NULL;
5530 * gtk_widget_mnemonic_activate:
5531 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
5532 * @group_cycling: %TRUE if there are other widgets with the same mnemonic
5534 * Emits the #GtkWidget::mnemonic-activate signal.
5536 * The default handler for this signal activates the @widget if
5537 * @group_cycling is %FALSE, and just grabs the focus if @group_cycling
5540 * Returns: %TRUE if the signal has been handled
5543 gtk_widget_mnemonic_activate (GtkWidget *widget,
5544 gboolean group_cycling)
5548 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
5550 group_cycling = group_cycling != FALSE;
5551 if (!gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget))
5554 g_signal_emit (widget,
5555 widget_signals[MNEMONIC_ACTIVATE],
5563 gtk_widget_real_mnemonic_activate (GtkWidget *widget,
5564 gboolean group_cycling)
5566 if (!group_cycling && GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->activate_signal)
5567 gtk_widget_activate (widget);
5568 else if (gtk_widget_get_can_focus (widget))
5569 gtk_widget_grab_focus (widget);
5572 g_warning ("widget `%s' isn't suitable for mnemonic activation",
5573 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget));
5574 gtk_widget_error_bell (widget);
5579 static const cairo_user_data_key_t event_key;
5582 _gtk_cairo_get_event (cairo_t *cr)
5584 g_return_val_if_fail (cr != NULL, NULL);
5586 return cairo_get_user_data (cr, &event_key);
5590 gtk_cairo_set_event (cairo_t *cr,
5591 GdkEventExpose *event)
5593 cairo_set_user_data (cr, &event_key, event, NULL);
5597 * gtk_cairo_should_draw_window:
5598 * @cr: a cairo context
5599 * @window: the window to check
5601 * This function is supposed to be called in #GtkWidget::draw
5602 * implementations for widgets that support multiple windows.
5603 * @cr must be untransformed from invoking of the draw function.
5604 * This function will return %TRUE if the contents of the given
5605 * @window are supposed to be drawn and %FALSE otherwise. Note
5606 * that when the drawing was not initiated by the windowing
5607 * system this function will return %TRUE for all windows, so
5608 * you need to draw the bottommost window first. Also, do not
5609 * use "else if" statements to check which window should be drawn.
5611 * Returns: %TRUE if @window should be drawn
5616 gtk_cairo_should_draw_window (cairo_t *cr,
5619 GdkEventExpose *event;
5621 g_return_val_if_fail (cr != NULL, FALSE);
5622 g_return_val_if_fail (GDK_IS_WINDOW (window), FALSE);
5624 event = _gtk_cairo_get_event (cr);
5626 return event == NULL ||
5627 event->window == window;
5630 /* code shared by gtk_container_propagate_draw() and
5634 _gtk_widget_draw_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
5636 gboolean clip_to_size)
5638 GtkStyleContext *context;
5640 if (!gtk_widget_is_drawable (widget))
5645 cairo_rectangle (cr,
5647 widget->priv->allocation.width,
5648 widget->priv->allocation.height);
5652 if (gdk_cairo_get_clip_rectangle (cr, NULL))
5656 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[DRAW],
5661 context = gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget);
5662 _gtk_style_context_coalesce_animation_areas (context, widget);
5667 * @widget: the widget to draw. It must be drawable (see
5668 * gtk_widget_is_drawable()) and a size must have been allocated.
5669 * @cr: a cairo context to draw to
5671 * Draws @widget to @cr. The top left corner of the widget will be
5672 * drawn to the currently set origin point of @cr.
5674 * You should pass a cairo context as @cr argument that is in an
5675 * original state. Otherwise the resulting drawing is undefined. For
5676 * example changing the operator using cairo_set_operator() or the
5677 * line width using cairo_set_line_width() might have unwanted side
5679 * You may however change the context's transform matrix - like with
5680 * cairo_scale(), cairo_translate() or cairo_set_matrix() and clip
5681 * region with cairo_clip() prior to calling this function. Also, it
5682 * is fine to modify the context with cairo_save() and
5683 * cairo_push_group() prior to calling this function.
5685 * <note><para>Special purpose widgets may contain special code for
5686 * rendering to the screen and might appear differently on screen
5687 * and when rendered using gtk_widget_draw().</para></note>
5692 gtk_widget_draw (GtkWidget *widget,
5695 GdkEventExpose *tmp_event;
5697 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
5698 g_return_if_fail (!widget->priv->alloc_needed);
5699 g_return_if_fail (cr != NULL);
5702 /* We have to reset the event here so that draw functions can call
5703 * gtk_widget_draw() on random other widgets and get the desired
5704 * effect: Drawing all contents, not just the current window.
5706 tmp_event = _gtk_cairo_get_event (cr);
5707 gtk_cairo_set_event (cr, NULL);
5709 _gtk_widget_draw_internal (widget, cr, TRUE);
5711 gtk_cairo_set_event (cr, tmp_event);
5716 gtk_widget_real_key_press_event (GtkWidget *widget,
5719 return gtk_bindings_activate_event (G_OBJECT (widget), event);
5723 gtk_widget_real_key_release_event (GtkWidget *widget,
5726 return gtk_bindings_activate_event (G_OBJECT (widget), event);
5730 gtk_widget_real_focus_in_event (GtkWidget *widget,
5731 GdkEventFocus *event)
5733 gtk_widget_queue_shallow_draw (widget);
5739 gtk_widget_real_focus_out_event (GtkWidget *widget,
5740 GdkEventFocus *event)
5742 gtk_widget_queue_shallow_draw (widget);
5747 #define WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT(widget, event) \
5748 (event->type == GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE || gtk_widget_get_realized(widget))
5752 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
5753 * @event: a #GdkEvent
5755 * Rarely-used function. This function is used to emit
5756 * the event signals on a widget (those signals should never
5757 * be emitted without using this function to do so).
5758 * If you want to synthesize an event though, don't use this function;
5759 * instead, use gtk_main_do_event() so the event will behave as if
5760 * it were in the event queue. Don't synthesize expose events; instead,
5761 * use gdk_window_invalidate_rect() to invalidate a region of the
5764 * Return value: return from the event signal emission (%TRUE if
5765 * the event was handled)
5768 gtk_widget_event (GtkWidget *widget,
5771 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), TRUE);
5772 g_return_val_if_fail (WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT (widget, event), TRUE);
5774 if (event->type == GDK_EXPOSE)
5776 g_warning ("Events of type GDK_EXPOSE cannot be synthesized. To get "
5777 "the same effect, call gdk_window_invalidate_rect/region(), "
5778 "followed by gdk_window_process_updates().");
5782 return gtk_widget_event_internal (widget, event);
5785 /* Returns TRUE if a translation should be done */
5787 _gtk_widget_get_translation_to_window (GtkWidget *widget,
5792 GdkWindow *w, *widget_window;
5794 if (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
5796 *x = -widget->priv->allocation.x;
5797 *y = -widget->priv->allocation.y;
5805 widget_window = gtk_widget_get_window (widget);
5807 for (w = window; w && w != widget_window; w = gdk_window_get_parent (w))
5810 gdk_window_get_position (w, &wx, &wy);
5827 * gtk_cairo_transform_to_window:
5828 * @cr: the cairo context to transform
5829 * @widget: the widget the context is currently centered for
5830 * @window: the window to transform the context to
5832 * Transforms the given cairo context @cr that from @widget-relative
5833 * coordinates to @window-relative coordinates.
5834 * If the @widget's window is not an ancestor of @window, no
5835 * modification will be applied.
5837 * This is the inverse to the transformation GTK applies when
5838 * preparing an expose event to be emitted with the #GtkWidget::draw
5839 * signal. It is intended to help porting multiwindow widgets from
5840 * GTK+ 2 to the rendering architecture of GTK+ 3.
5845 gtk_cairo_transform_to_window (cairo_t *cr,
5851 g_return_if_fail (cr != NULL);
5852 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
5853 g_return_if_fail (GDK_IS_WINDOW (window));
5855 if (_gtk_widget_get_translation_to_window (widget, window, &x, &y))
5856 cairo_translate (cr, x, y);
5860 * gtk_widget_send_expose:
5861 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
5862 * @event: a expose #GdkEvent
5864 * Very rarely-used function. This function is used to emit
5865 * an expose event on a widget. This function is not normally used
5866 * directly. The only time it is used is when propagating an expose
5867 * event to a child %NO_WINDOW widget, and that is normally done
5868 * using gtk_container_propagate_draw().
5870 * If you want to force an area of a window to be redrawn,
5871 * use gdk_window_invalidate_rect() or gdk_window_invalidate_region().
5872 * To cause the redraw to be done immediately, follow that call
5873 * with a call to gdk_window_process_updates().
5875 * Return value: return from the event signal emission (%TRUE if
5876 * the event was handled)
5879 gtk_widget_send_expose (GtkWidget *widget,
5882 gboolean result = FALSE;
5887 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), TRUE);
5888 g_return_val_if_fail (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget), TRUE);
5889 g_return_val_if_fail (event != NULL, TRUE);
5890 g_return_val_if_fail (event->type == GDK_EXPOSE, TRUE);
5892 cr = gdk_cairo_create (event->expose.window);
5893 gtk_cairo_set_event (cr, &event->expose);
5895 gdk_cairo_region (cr, event->expose.region);
5898 do_clip = _gtk_widget_get_translation_to_window (widget,
5899 event->expose.window,
5901 cairo_translate (cr, -x, -y);
5903 _gtk_widget_draw_internal (widget, cr, do_clip);
5905 /* unset here, so if someone keeps a reference to cr we
5906 * don't leak the window. */
5907 gtk_cairo_set_event (cr, NULL);
5914 event_window_is_still_viewable (GdkEvent *event)
5916 /* Check that we think the event's window is viewable before
5917 * delivering the event, to prevent suprises. We do this here
5918 * at the last moment, since the event may have been queued
5919 * up behind other events, held over a recursive main loop, etc.
5921 switch (event->type)
5924 case GDK_MOTION_NOTIFY:
5925 case GDK_BUTTON_PRESS:
5926 case GDK_2BUTTON_PRESS:
5927 case GDK_3BUTTON_PRESS:
5929 case GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY:
5930 case GDK_PROXIMITY_IN:
5932 return event->any.window && gdk_window_is_viewable (event->any.window);
5935 /* The following events are the second half of paired events;
5936 * we always deliver them to deal with widgets that clean up
5937 * on the second half.
5939 case GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE:
5940 case GDK_KEY_RELEASE:
5941 case GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY:
5942 case GDK_PROXIMITY_OUT:
5946 /* Remaining events would make sense on an not-viewable window,
5947 * or don't have an associated window.
5954 gtk_widget_event_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
5957 gboolean return_val = FALSE;
5959 /* We check only once for is-still-visible; if someone
5960 * hides the window in on of the signals on the widget,
5961 * they are responsible for returning TRUE to terminate
5964 if (!event_window_is_still_viewable (event))
5967 g_object_ref (widget);
5969 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[EVENT], 0, event, &return_val);
5970 return_val |= !WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT (widget, event);
5975 switch (event->type)
5980 case GDK_BUTTON_PRESS:
5981 case GDK_2BUTTON_PRESS:
5982 case GDK_3BUTTON_PRESS:
5983 signal_num = BUTTON_PRESS_EVENT;
5986 signal_num = SCROLL_EVENT;
5988 case GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE:
5989 signal_num = BUTTON_RELEASE_EVENT;
5991 case GDK_MOTION_NOTIFY:
5992 signal_num = MOTION_NOTIFY_EVENT;
5995 signal_num = DELETE_EVENT;
5998 signal_num = DESTROY_EVENT;
5999 _gtk_tooltip_hide (widget);
6002 signal_num = KEY_PRESS_EVENT;
6004 case GDK_KEY_RELEASE:
6005 signal_num = KEY_RELEASE_EVENT;
6007 case GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY:
6008 signal_num = ENTER_NOTIFY_EVENT;
6010 case GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY:
6011 signal_num = LEAVE_NOTIFY_EVENT;
6013 case GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE:
6014 signal_num = event->focus_change.in ? FOCUS_IN_EVENT : FOCUS_OUT_EVENT;
6015 if (event->focus_change.in)
6016 _gtk_tooltip_focus_in (widget);
6018 _gtk_tooltip_focus_out (widget);
6021 signal_num = CONFIGURE_EVENT;
6024 signal_num = MAP_EVENT;
6027 signal_num = UNMAP_EVENT;
6029 case GDK_WINDOW_STATE:
6030 signal_num = WINDOW_STATE_EVENT;
6032 case GDK_PROPERTY_NOTIFY:
6033 signal_num = PROPERTY_NOTIFY_EVENT;
6035 case GDK_SELECTION_CLEAR:
6036 signal_num = SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT;
6038 case GDK_SELECTION_REQUEST:
6039 signal_num = SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT;
6041 case GDK_SELECTION_NOTIFY:
6042 signal_num = SELECTION_NOTIFY_EVENT;
6044 case GDK_PROXIMITY_IN:
6045 signal_num = PROXIMITY_IN_EVENT;
6047 case GDK_PROXIMITY_OUT:
6048 signal_num = PROXIMITY_OUT_EVENT;
6050 case GDK_CLIENT_EVENT:
6051 signal_num = CLIENT_EVENT;
6054 signal_num = EXPOSE_EVENT;
6056 case GDK_VISIBILITY_NOTIFY:
6057 signal_num = VISIBILITY_NOTIFY_EVENT;
6059 case GDK_GRAB_BROKEN:
6060 signal_num = GRAB_BROKEN_EVENT;
6063 signal_num = DAMAGE_EVENT;
6066 g_warning ("gtk_widget_event(): unhandled event type: %d", event->type);
6070 if (signal_num != -1)
6071 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[signal_num], 0, event, &return_val);
6073 if (WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT (widget, event))
6074 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[EVENT_AFTER], 0, event);
6078 g_object_unref (widget);
6084 * gtk_widget_activate:
6085 * @widget: a #GtkWidget that's activatable
6087 * For widgets that can be "activated" (buttons, menu items, etc.)
6088 * this function activates them. Activation is what happens when you
6089 * press Enter on a widget during key navigation. If @widget isn't
6090 * activatable, the function returns %FALSE.
6092 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget was activatable
6095 gtk_widget_activate (GtkWidget *widget)
6097 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
6099 if (WIDGET_CLASS (widget)->activate_signal)
6101 /* FIXME: we should eventually check the signals signature here */
6102 g_signal_emit (widget, WIDGET_CLASS (widget)->activate_signal, 0);
6111 gtk_widget_reparent_subwindows (GtkWidget *widget,
6112 GdkWindow *new_window)
6114 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
6116 if (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
6118 GList *children = gdk_window_get_children (priv->window);
6121 for (tmp_list = children; tmp_list; tmp_list = tmp_list->next)
6123 GdkWindow *window = tmp_list->data;
6126 gdk_window_get_user_data (window, &child);
6127 while (child && child != widget)
6128 child = ((GtkWidget*) child)->priv->parent;
6131 gdk_window_reparent (window, new_window, 0, 0);
6134 g_list_free (children);
6139 GList *tmp_list, *children;
6141 parent = gdk_window_get_parent (priv->window);
6144 gdk_window_reparent (priv->window, new_window, 0, 0);
6147 children = gdk_window_get_children (parent);
6149 for (tmp_list = children; tmp_list; tmp_list = tmp_list->next)
6151 GdkWindow *window = tmp_list->data;
6154 gdk_window_get_user_data (window, &child);
6156 if (child == widget)
6157 gdk_window_reparent (window, new_window, 0, 0);
6160 g_list_free (children);
6166 gtk_widget_reparent_fixup_child (GtkWidget *widget,
6167 gpointer client_data)
6169 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
6171 g_assert (client_data != NULL);
6173 if (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
6176 g_object_unref (priv->window);
6177 priv->window = (GdkWindow*) client_data;
6179 g_object_ref (priv->window);
6181 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
6182 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
6183 gtk_widget_reparent_fixup_child,
6189 * gtk_widget_reparent:
6190 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6191 * @new_parent: a #GtkContainer to move the widget into
6193 * Moves a widget from one #GtkContainer to another, handling reference
6194 * count issues to avoid destroying the widget.
6197 gtk_widget_reparent (GtkWidget *widget,
6198 GtkWidget *new_parent)
6200 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
6202 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
6203 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (new_parent));
6204 priv = widget->priv;
6205 g_return_if_fail (priv->parent != NULL);
6207 if (priv->parent != new_parent)
6209 /* First try to see if we can get away without unrealizing
6210 * the widget as we reparent it. if so we set a flag so
6211 * that gtk_widget_unparent doesn't unrealize widget
6213 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget) && gtk_widget_get_realized (new_parent))
6214 priv->in_reparent = TRUE;
6216 g_object_ref (widget);
6217 gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (priv->parent), widget);
6218 gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (new_parent), widget);
6219 g_object_unref (widget);
6221 if (priv->in_reparent)
6223 priv->in_reparent = FALSE;
6225 gtk_widget_reparent_subwindows (widget, gtk_widget_get_parent_window (widget));
6226 gtk_widget_reparent_fixup_child (widget,
6227 gtk_widget_get_parent_window (widget));
6230 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "parent");
6235 * gtk_widget_intersect:
6236 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6237 * @area: a rectangle
6238 * @intersection: rectangle to store intersection of @widget and @area
6240 * Computes the intersection of a @widget's area and @area, storing
6241 * the intersection in @intersection, and returns %TRUE if there was
6242 * an intersection. @intersection may be %NULL if you're only
6243 * interested in whether there was an intersection.
6245 * Return value: %TRUE if there was an intersection
6248 gtk_widget_intersect (GtkWidget *widget,
6249 const GdkRectangle *area,
6250 GdkRectangle *intersection)
6252 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
6257 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
6258 g_return_val_if_fail (area != NULL, FALSE);
6260 priv = widget->priv;
6263 dest = intersection;
6267 return_val = gdk_rectangle_intersect (&priv->allocation, area, dest);
6269 if (return_val && intersection && gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
6271 intersection->x -= priv->allocation.x;
6272 intersection->y -= priv->allocation.y;
6279 * gtk_widget_region_intersect:
6280 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6281 * @region: a #cairo_region_t, in the same coordinate system as
6282 * @widget->allocation. That is, relative to @widget->window
6283 * for %NO_WINDOW widgets; relative to the parent window
6284 * of @widget->window for widgets with their own window.
6285 * @returns: A newly allocated region holding the intersection of @widget
6286 * and @region. The coordinates of the return value are
6287 * relative to @widget->window for %NO_WINDOW widgets, and
6288 * relative to the parent window of @widget->window for
6289 * widgets with their own window.
6291 * Computes the intersection of a @widget's area and @region, returning
6292 * the intersection. The result may be empty, use cairo_region_is_empty() to
6296 gtk_widget_region_intersect (GtkWidget *widget,
6297 const cairo_region_t *region)
6300 cairo_region_t *dest;
6302 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
6303 g_return_val_if_fail (region != NULL, NULL);
6305 gtk_widget_get_allocation (widget, &rect);
6307 dest = cairo_region_create_rectangle (&rect);
6309 cairo_region_intersect (dest, region);
6315 * _gtk_widget_grab_notify:
6316 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6317 * @was_grabbed: whether a grab is now in effect
6319 * Emits the #GtkWidget::grab-notify signal on @widget.
6324 _gtk_widget_grab_notify (GtkWidget *widget,
6325 gboolean was_grabbed)
6327 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[GRAB_NOTIFY], 0, was_grabbed);
6331 * gtk_widget_grab_focus:
6332 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6334 * Causes @widget to have the keyboard focus for the #GtkWindow it's
6335 * inside. @widget must be a focusable widget, such as a #GtkEntry;
6336 * something like #GtkFrame won't work.
6338 * More precisely, it must have the %GTK_CAN_FOCUS flag set. Use
6339 * gtk_widget_set_can_focus() to modify that flag.
6341 * The widget also needs to be realized and mapped. This is indicated by the
6342 * related signals. Grabbing the focus immediately after creating the widget
6343 * will likely fail and cause critical warnings.
6346 gtk_widget_grab_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
6348 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
6350 if (!gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget))
6353 g_object_ref (widget);
6354 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[GRAB_FOCUS], 0);
6355 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "has-focus");
6356 g_object_unref (widget);
6360 reset_focus_recurse (GtkWidget *widget,
6363 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
6365 GtkContainer *container;
6367 container = GTK_CONTAINER (widget);
6368 gtk_container_set_focus_child (container, NULL);
6370 gtk_container_foreach (container,
6371 reset_focus_recurse,
6377 gtk_widget_real_grab_focus (GtkWidget *focus_widget)
6379 if (gtk_widget_get_can_focus (focus_widget))
6381 GtkWidget *toplevel;
6384 /* clear the current focus setting, break if the current widget
6385 * is the focus widget's parent, since containers above that will
6386 * be set by the next loop.
6388 toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (focus_widget);
6389 if (gtk_widget_is_toplevel (toplevel) && GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel))
6391 widget = gtk_window_get_focus (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel));
6393 if (widget == focus_widget)
6395 /* We call _gtk_window_internal_set_focus() here so that the
6396 * toplevel window can request the focus if necessary.
6397 * This is needed when the toplevel is a GtkPlug
6399 if (!gtk_widget_has_focus (widget))
6400 _gtk_window_internal_set_focus (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel), focus_widget);
6407 while (widget->priv->parent && widget->priv->parent != focus_widget->priv->parent)
6409 widget = widget->priv->parent;
6410 gtk_container_set_focus_child (GTK_CONTAINER (widget), NULL);
6414 else if (toplevel != focus_widget)
6416 /* gtk_widget_grab_focus() operates on a tree without window...
6417 * actually, this is very questionable behaviour.
6420 gtk_container_foreach (GTK_CONTAINER (toplevel),
6421 reset_focus_recurse,
6425 /* now propagate the new focus up the widget tree and finally
6426 * set it on the window
6428 widget = focus_widget;
6429 while (widget->priv->parent)
6431 gtk_container_set_focus_child (GTK_CONTAINER (widget->priv->parent), widget);
6432 widget = widget->priv->parent;
6434 if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (widget))
6435 _gtk_window_internal_set_focus (GTK_WINDOW (widget), focus_widget);
6440 gtk_widget_real_query_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
6443 gboolean keyboard_tip,
6444 GtkTooltip *tooltip)
6446 gchar *tooltip_markup;
6447 gboolean has_tooltip;
6449 tooltip_markup = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_tooltip_markup);
6450 has_tooltip = GPOINTER_TO_UINT (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_has_tooltip));
6452 if (has_tooltip && tooltip_markup)
6454 gtk_tooltip_set_markup (tooltip, tooltip_markup);
6462 gtk_widget_real_style_updated (GtkWidget *widget)
6464 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
6466 /* Trigger ::style-set for old
6467 * widgets not listening to this
6469 g_signal_emit (widget,
6470 widget_signals[STYLE_SET],
6472 widget->priv->style);
6475 if (widget->priv->context)
6477 gtk_style_context_invalidate (widget->priv->context);
6479 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget) &&
6480 gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
6481 gtk_style_context_set_background (widget->priv->context,
6482 widget->priv->window);
6485 if (widget->priv->anchored)
6486 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
6490 gtk_widget_real_show_help (GtkWidget *widget,
6491 GtkWidgetHelpType help_type)
6493 if (help_type == GTK_WIDGET_HELP_TOOLTIP)
6495 _gtk_tooltip_toggle_keyboard_mode (widget);
6504 gtk_widget_real_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
6505 GtkDirectionType direction)
6507 if (!gtk_widget_get_can_focus (widget))
6510 if (!gtk_widget_is_focus (widget))
6512 gtk_widget_grab_focus (widget);
6520 gtk_widget_real_move_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
6521 GtkDirectionType direction)
6523 GtkWidget *toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
6525 if (widget != toplevel && GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel))
6527 g_signal_emit (toplevel, widget_signals[MOVE_FOCUS], 0,
6533 gtk_widget_real_keynav_failed (GtkWidget *widget,
6534 GtkDirectionType direction)
6536 gboolean cursor_only;
6540 case GTK_DIR_TAB_FORWARD:
6541 case GTK_DIR_TAB_BACKWARD:
6548 g_object_get (gtk_widget_get_settings (widget),
6549 "gtk-keynav-cursor-only", &cursor_only,
6556 gtk_widget_error_bell (widget);
6562 * gtk_widget_set_can_focus:
6563 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6564 * @can_focus: whether or not @widget can own the input focus.
6566 * Specifies whether @widget can own the input focus. See
6567 * gtk_widget_grab_focus() for actually setting the input focus on a
6573 gtk_widget_set_can_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
6576 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
6578 if (widget->priv->can_focus != can_focus)
6580 widget->priv->can_focus = can_focus;
6582 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
6583 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "can-focus");
6588 * gtk_widget_get_can_focus:
6589 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6591 * Determines whether @widget can own the input focus. See
6592 * gtk_widget_set_can_focus().
6594 * Return value: %TRUE if @widget can own the input focus, %FALSE otherwise
6599 gtk_widget_get_can_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
6601 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
6603 return widget->priv->can_focus;
6607 * gtk_widget_has_focus:
6608 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6610 * Determines if the widget has the global input focus. See
6611 * gtk_widget_is_focus() for the difference between having the global
6612 * input focus, and only having the focus within a toplevel.
6614 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget has the global input focus.
6619 gtk_widget_has_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
6621 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
6623 return widget->priv->has_focus;
6627 * gtk_widget_is_focus:
6628 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6630 * Determines if the widget is the focus widget within its
6631 * toplevel. (This does not mean that the %HAS_FOCUS flag is
6632 * necessarily set; %HAS_FOCUS will only be set if the
6633 * toplevel widget additionally has the global input focus.)
6635 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget is the focus widget.
6638 gtk_widget_is_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
6640 GtkWidget *toplevel;
6642 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
6644 toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
6646 if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel))
6647 return widget == gtk_window_get_focus (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel));
6653 * gtk_widget_set_can_default:
6654 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6655 * @can_default: whether or not @widget can be a default widget.
6657 * Specifies whether @widget can be a default widget. See
6658 * gtk_widget_grab_default() for details about the meaning of
6664 gtk_widget_set_can_default (GtkWidget *widget,
6665 gboolean can_default)
6667 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
6669 if (widget->priv->can_default != can_default)
6671 widget->priv->can_default = can_default;
6673 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
6674 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "can-default");
6679 * gtk_widget_get_can_default:
6680 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6682 * Determines whether @widget can be a default widget. See
6683 * gtk_widget_set_can_default().
6685 * Return value: %TRUE if @widget can be a default widget, %FALSE otherwise
6690 gtk_widget_get_can_default (GtkWidget *widget)
6692 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
6694 return widget->priv->can_default;
6698 * gtk_widget_has_default:
6699 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6701 * Determines whether @widget is the current default widget within its
6702 * toplevel. See gtk_widget_set_can_default().
6704 * Return value: %TRUE if @widget is the current default widget within
6705 * its toplevel, %FALSE otherwise
6710 gtk_widget_has_default (GtkWidget *widget)
6712 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
6714 return widget->priv->has_default;
6718 _gtk_widget_set_has_default (GtkWidget *widget,
6719 gboolean has_default)
6721 widget->priv->has_default = has_default;
6725 * gtk_widget_grab_default:
6726 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6728 * Causes @widget to become the default widget. @widget must have the
6729 * %GTK_CAN_DEFAULT flag set; typically you have to set this flag
6730 * yourself by calling <literal>gtk_widget_set_can_default (@widget,
6731 * %TRUE)</literal>. The default widget is activated when
6732 * the user presses Enter in a window. Default widgets must be
6733 * activatable, that is, gtk_widget_activate() should affect them. Note
6734 * that #GtkEntry widgets require the "activates-default" property
6735 * set to %TRUE before they activate the default widget when Enter
6736 * is pressed and the #GtkEntry is focused.
6739 gtk_widget_grab_default (GtkWidget *widget)
6743 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
6744 g_return_if_fail (gtk_widget_get_can_default (widget));
6746 window = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
6748 if (window && gtk_widget_is_toplevel (window))
6749 gtk_window_set_default (GTK_WINDOW (window), widget);
6751 g_warning (G_STRLOC ": widget not within a GtkWindow");
6755 * gtk_widget_set_receives_default:
6756 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6757 * @receives_default: whether or not @widget can be a default widget.
6759 * Specifies whether @widget will be treated as the default widget
6760 * within its toplevel when it has the focus, even if another widget
6763 * See gtk_widget_grab_default() for details about the meaning of
6769 gtk_widget_set_receives_default (GtkWidget *widget,
6770 gboolean receives_default)
6772 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
6774 if (widget->priv->receives_default != receives_default)
6776 widget->priv->receives_default = receives_default;
6778 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "receives-default");
6783 * gtk_widget_get_receives_default:
6784 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6786 * Determines whether @widget is alyways treated as default widget
6787 * withing its toplevel when it has the focus, even if another widget
6790 * See gtk_widget_set_receives_default().
6792 * Return value: %TRUE if @widget acts as default widget when focussed,
6798 gtk_widget_get_receives_default (GtkWidget *widget)
6800 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
6802 return widget->priv->receives_default;
6806 * gtk_widget_has_grab:
6807 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6809 * Determines whether the widget is currently grabbing events, so it
6810 * is the only widget receiving input events (keyboard and mouse).
6812 * See also gtk_grab_add().
6814 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget is in the grab_widgets stack
6819 gtk_widget_has_grab (GtkWidget *widget)
6821 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
6823 return widget->priv->has_grab;
6827 _gtk_widget_set_has_grab (GtkWidget *widget,
6830 widget->priv->has_grab = has_grab;
6834 * gtk_widget_device_is_shadowed:
6835 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6836 * @device: a #GdkDevice
6838 * Returns %TRUE if @device has been shadowed by a GTK+
6839 * device grab on another widget, so it would stop sending
6840 * events to @widget. This may be used in the
6841 * #GtkWidget::grab-notify signal to check for specific
6842 * devices. See gtk_device_grab_add().
6844 * Returns: %TRUE if there is an ongoing grab on @device
6845 * by another #GtkWidget than @widget.
6850 gtk_widget_device_is_shadowed (GtkWidget *widget,
6853 GtkWindowGroup *group;
6854 GtkWidget *grab_widget, *toplevel;
6856 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
6857 g_return_val_if_fail (GDK_IS_DEVICE (device), FALSE);
6859 if (!gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
6862 toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
6864 if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel))
6865 group = gtk_window_get_group (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel));
6867 group = gtk_window_get_group (NULL);
6869 grab_widget = gtk_window_group_get_current_device_grab (group, device);
6871 /* Widget not inside the hierarchy of grab_widget */
6873 widget != grab_widget &&
6874 !gtk_widget_is_ancestor (widget, grab_widget))
6877 grab_widget = gtk_window_group_get_current_grab (group);
6878 if (grab_widget && widget != grab_widget &&
6879 !gtk_widget_is_ancestor (widget, grab_widget))
6886 * gtk_widget_set_name:
6887 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6888 * @name: name for the widget
6890 * Widgets can be named, which allows you to refer to them from a
6891 * CSS file. You can apply a style to widgets with a particular name
6892 * in the CSS file. See the documentation for the CSS syntax (on the
6893 * same page as the docs for #GtkStyleContext).
6895 * Note that the CSS syntax has certain special characters to delimit
6896 * and represent elements in a selector (period, #, >, *...),
6897 * so using these will make your widget impossible to match by name.
6898 * Any combination of alphanumeric symbols, dashes and underscores will
6902 gtk_widget_set_name (GtkWidget *widget,
6905 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
6908 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
6910 priv = widget->priv;
6912 new_name = g_strdup (name);
6913 g_free (priv->name);
6914 priv->name = new_name;
6920 pos = gtk_widget_path_length (priv->path) - 1;
6921 gtk_widget_path_iter_set_name (priv->path, pos,
6926 gtk_style_context_set_path (priv->context, priv->path);
6928 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "name");
6932 * gtk_widget_get_name:
6933 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6935 * Retrieves the name of a widget. See gtk_widget_set_name() for the
6936 * significance of widget names.
6938 * Return value: name of the widget. This string is owned by GTK+ and
6939 * should not be modified or freed
6941 G_CONST_RETURN gchar*
6942 gtk_widget_get_name (GtkWidget *widget)
6944 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
6946 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
6948 priv = widget->priv;
6952 return G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget);
6956 _gtk_widget_update_state_flags (GtkWidget *widget,
6957 GtkStateFlags flags,
6960 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
6962 priv = widget->priv;
6964 /* Handle insensitive first, since it is propagated
6965 * differently throughout the widget hierarchy.
6967 if ((flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE) !=
6968 (priv->state_flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE))
6969 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (widget,
6970 operation != STATE_CHANGE_UNSET);
6972 if (operation != STATE_CHANGE_REPLACE)
6973 flags &= ~(GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE);
6976 operation == STATE_CHANGE_REPLACE)
6981 data.operation = operation;
6982 data.use_forall = FALSE;
6985 data.parent_sensitive = (gtk_widget_is_sensitive (priv->parent) != FALSE);
6987 data.parent_sensitive = TRUE;
6989 gtk_widget_propagate_state (widget, &data);
6991 if (gtk_widget_is_drawable (widget))
6992 gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
6997 * gtk_widget_set_state_flags:
6998 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6999 * @flags: State flags to turn on
7000 * @clear: Whether to clear state before turning on @flags
7002 * This function is for use in widget implementations. Turns on flag
7003 * values in the current widget state (insensitive, prelighted, etc.).
7005 * It is worth mentioning that any other state than %GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE,
7006 * will be propagated down to all non-internal children if @widget is a
7007 * #GtkContainer, while %GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE itself will be propagated
7008 * down to all #GtkContainer children by different means than turning on the
7009 * state flag down the hierarchy, both gtk_widget_get_state_flags() and
7010 * gtk_widget_is_sensitive() will make use of these.
7015 gtk_widget_set_state_flags (GtkWidget *widget,
7016 GtkStateFlags flags,
7019 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7021 if ((!clear && (widget->priv->state_flags & flags) == flags) ||
7022 (clear && widget->priv->state_flags == flags))
7026 _gtk_widget_update_state_flags (widget, flags, STATE_CHANGE_REPLACE);
7028 _gtk_widget_update_state_flags (widget, flags, STATE_CHANGE_SET);
7032 * gtk_widget_unset_state_flags:
7033 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7034 * @flags: State flags to turn off
7036 * This function is for use in widget implementations. Turns off flag
7037 * values for the current widget state (insensitive, prelighted, etc.).
7038 * See gtk_widget_set_state_flags().
7043 gtk_widget_unset_state_flags (GtkWidget *widget,
7044 GtkStateFlags flags)
7046 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7048 if ((widget->priv->state_flags & flags) == 0)
7051 _gtk_widget_update_state_flags (widget, flags, STATE_CHANGE_UNSET);
7055 * gtk_widget_get_state_flags:
7056 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7058 * Returns the widget state as a flag set. It is worth mentioning
7059 * that the effective %GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE state will be
7060 * returned, that is, also based on parent insensitivity, even if
7061 * @widget itself is sensitive.
7063 * Returns: The state flags for widget
7068 gtk_widget_get_state_flags (GtkWidget *widget)
7070 GtkStateFlags flags;
7072 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
7074 flags = widget->priv->state_flags;
7076 if (!gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget))
7077 flags |= GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE;
7079 if (gtk_widget_has_focus (widget))
7080 flags |= GTK_STATE_FLAG_FOCUSED;
7086 * gtk_widget_set_state:
7087 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7088 * @state: new state for @widget
7090 * This function is for use in widget implementations. Sets the state
7091 * of a widget (insensitive, prelighted, etc.) Usually you should set
7092 * the state using wrapper functions such as gtk_widget_set_sensitive().
7094 * Deprecated: 3.0. Use gtk_widget_set_state_flags() instead.
7097 gtk_widget_set_state (GtkWidget *widget,
7100 GtkStateFlags flags;
7102 if (state == gtk_widget_get_state (widget))
7107 case GTK_STATE_ACTIVE:
7108 flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_ACTIVE;
7110 case GTK_STATE_PRELIGHT:
7111 flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_PRELIGHT;
7113 case GTK_STATE_SELECTED:
7114 flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_SELECTED;
7116 case GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE:
7117 flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE;
7119 case GTK_STATE_INCONSISTENT:
7120 flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_INCONSISTENT;
7122 case GTK_STATE_FOCUSED:
7123 flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_FOCUSED;
7125 case GTK_STATE_NORMAL:
7131 _gtk_widget_update_state_flags (widget, flags, STATE_CHANGE_REPLACE);
7135 * gtk_widget_get_state:
7136 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7138 * Returns the widget's state. See gtk_widget_set_state().
7140 * Returns: the state of @widget.
7144 * Deprecated: 3.0. Use gtk_widget_get_state_flags() instead.
7147 gtk_widget_get_state (GtkWidget *widget)
7149 GtkStateFlags flags;
7151 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), GTK_STATE_NORMAL);
7153 flags = gtk_widget_get_state_flags (widget);
7155 if (flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE)
7156 return GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE;
7157 else if (flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INCONSISTENT)
7158 return GTK_STATE_INCONSISTENT;
7159 else if (flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_ACTIVE)
7160 return GTK_STATE_ACTIVE;
7161 else if (flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_SELECTED)
7162 return GTK_STATE_SELECTED;
7163 else if (flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_FOCUSED)
7164 return GTK_STATE_FOCUSED;
7165 else if (flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_PRELIGHT)
7166 return GTK_STATE_PRELIGHT;
7168 return GTK_STATE_NORMAL;
7172 * gtk_widget_set_visible:
7173 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7174 * @visible: whether the widget should be shown or not
7176 * Sets the visibility state of @widget. Note that setting this to
7177 * %TRUE doesn't mean the widget is actually viewable, see
7178 * gtk_widget_get_visible().
7180 * This function simply calls gtk_widget_show() or gtk_widget_hide()
7181 * but is nicer to use when the visibility of the widget depends on
7187 gtk_widget_set_visible (GtkWidget *widget,
7190 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7192 if (visible != gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
7195 gtk_widget_show (widget);
7197 gtk_widget_hide (widget);
7202 _gtk_widget_set_visible_flag (GtkWidget *widget,
7205 widget->priv->visible = visible;
7209 * gtk_widget_get_visible:
7210 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7212 * Determines whether the widget is visible. Note that this doesn't
7213 * take into account whether the widget's parent is also visible
7214 * or the widget is obscured in any way.
7216 * See gtk_widget_set_visible().
7218 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget is visible
7223 gtk_widget_get_visible (GtkWidget *widget)
7225 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7227 return widget->priv->visible;
7231 * gtk_widget_set_has_window:
7232 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7233 * @has_window: whether or not @widget has a window.
7235 * Specifies whether @widget has a #GdkWindow of its own. Note that
7236 * all realized widgets have a non-%NULL "window" pointer
7237 * (gtk_widget_get_window() never returns a %NULL window when a widget
7238 * is realized), but for many of them it's actually the #GdkWindow of
7239 * one of its parent widgets. Widgets that do not create a %window for
7240 * themselves in #GtkWidget::realize must announce this by
7241 * calling this function with @has_window = %FALSE.
7243 * This function should only be called by widget implementations,
7244 * and they should call it in their init() function.
7249 gtk_widget_set_has_window (GtkWidget *widget,
7250 gboolean has_window)
7252 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7254 widget->priv->no_window = !has_window;
7258 * gtk_widget_get_has_window:
7259 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7261 * Determines whether @widget has a #GdkWindow of its own. See
7262 * gtk_widget_set_has_window().
7264 * Return value: %TRUE if @widget has a window, %FALSE otherwise
7269 gtk_widget_get_has_window (GtkWidget *widget)
7271 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7273 return ! widget->priv->no_window;
7277 * gtk_widget_is_toplevel:
7278 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7280 * Determines whether @widget is a toplevel widget.
7282 * Currently only #GtkWindow and #GtkInvisible (and out-of-process
7283 * #GtkPlugs) are toplevel widgets. Toplevel widgets have no parent
7286 * Return value: %TRUE if @widget is a toplevel, %FALSE otherwise
7291 gtk_widget_is_toplevel (GtkWidget *widget)
7293 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7295 return widget->priv->toplevel;
7299 _gtk_widget_set_is_toplevel (GtkWidget *widget,
7300 gboolean is_toplevel)
7302 widget->priv->toplevel = is_toplevel;
7306 * gtk_widget_is_drawable:
7307 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7309 * Determines whether @widget can be drawn to. A widget can be drawn
7310 * to if it is mapped and visible.
7312 * Return value: %TRUE if @widget is drawable, %FALSE otherwise
7317 gtk_widget_is_drawable (GtkWidget *widget)
7319 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7321 return (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget) &&
7322 gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget));
7326 * gtk_widget_get_realized:
7327 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7329 * Determines whether @widget is realized.
7331 * Return value: %TRUE if @widget is realized, %FALSE otherwise
7336 gtk_widget_get_realized (GtkWidget *widget)
7338 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7340 return widget->priv->realized;
7344 * gtk_widget_set_realized:
7345 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7346 * @realized: %TRUE to mark the widget as realized
7348 * Marks the widget as being realized.
7350 * This function should only ever be called in a derived widget's
7351 * "realize" or "unrealize" implementation.
7356 gtk_widget_set_realized (GtkWidget *widget,
7359 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7361 widget->priv->realized = realized;
7365 * gtk_widget_get_mapped:
7366 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7368 * Whether the widget is mapped.
7370 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget is mapped, %FALSE otherwise.
7375 gtk_widget_get_mapped (GtkWidget *widget)
7377 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7379 return widget->priv->mapped;
7383 * gtk_widget_set_mapped:
7384 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7385 * @mapped: %TRUE to mark the widget as mapped
7387 * Marks the widget as being realized.
7389 * This function should only ever be called in a derived widget's
7390 * "map" or "unmap" implementation.
7395 gtk_widget_set_mapped (GtkWidget *widget,
7398 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7400 widget->priv->mapped = mapped;
7404 * gtk_widget_set_app_paintable:
7405 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7406 * @app_paintable: %TRUE if the application will paint on the widget
7408 * Sets whether the application intends to draw on the widget in
7409 * an #GtkWidget::draw handler.
7411 * This is a hint to the widget and does not affect the behavior of
7412 * the GTK+ core; many widgets ignore this flag entirely. For widgets
7413 * that do pay attention to the flag, such as #GtkEventBox and #GtkWindow,
7414 * the effect is to suppress default themed drawing of the widget's
7415 * background. (Children of the widget will still be drawn.) The application
7416 * is then entirely responsible for drawing the widget background.
7418 * Note that the background is still drawn when the widget is mapped.
7421 gtk_widget_set_app_paintable (GtkWidget *widget,
7422 gboolean app_paintable)
7424 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7426 app_paintable = (app_paintable != FALSE);
7428 if (widget->priv->app_paintable != app_paintable)
7430 widget->priv->app_paintable = app_paintable;
7432 if (gtk_widget_is_drawable (widget))
7433 gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
7435 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "app-paintable");
7440 * gtk_widget_get_app_paintable:
7441 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7443 * Determines whether the application intends to draw on the widget in
7444 * an #GtkWidget::draw handler.
7446 * See gtk_widget_set_app_paintable()
7448 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget is app paintable
7453 gtk_widget_get_app_paintable (GtkWidget *widget)
7455 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7457 return widget->priv->app_paintable;
7461 * gtk_widget_set_double_buffered:
7462 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7463 * @double_buffered: %TRUE to double-buffer a widget
7465 * Widgets are double buffered by default; you can use this function
7466 * to turn off the buffering. "Double buffered" simply means that
7467 * gdk_window_begin_paint_region() and gdk_window_end_paint() are called
7468 * automatically around expose events sent to the
7469 * widget. gdk_window_begin_paint() diverts all drawing to a widget's
7470 * window to an offscreen buffer, and gdk_window_end_paint() draws the
7471 * buffer to the screen. The result is that users see the window
7472 * update in one smooth step, and don't see individual graphics
7473 * primitives being rendered.
7475 * In very simple terms, double buffered widgets don't flicker,
7476 * so you would only use this function to turn off double buffering
7477 * if you had special needs and really knew what you were doing.
7479 * Note: if you turn off double-buffering, you have to handle
7480 * expose events, since even the clearing to the background color or
7481 * pixmap will not happen automatically (as it is done in
7482 * gdk_window_begin_paint()).
7485 gtk_widget_set_double_buffered (GtkWidget *widget,
7486 gboolean double_buffered)
7488 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7490 double_buffered = (double_buffered != FALSE);
7492 if (widget->priv->double_buffered != double_buffered)
7494 widget->priv->double_buffered = double_buffered;
7496 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "double-buffered");
7501 * gtk_widget_get_double_buffered:
7502 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7504 * Determines whether the widget is double buffered.
7506 * See gtk_widget_set_double_buffered()
7508 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget is double buffered
7513 gtk_widget_get_double_buffered (GtkWidget *widget)
7515 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7517 return widget->priv->double_buffered;
7521 * gtk_widget_set_redraw_on_allocate:
7522 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7523 * @redraw_on_allocate: if %TRUE, the entire widget will be redrawn
7524 * when it is allocated to a new size. Otherwise, only the
7525 * new portion of the widget will be redrawn.
7527 * Sets whether the entire widget is queued for drawing when its size
7528 * allocation changes. By default, this setting is %TRUE and
7529 * the entire widget is redrawn on every size change. If your widget
7530 * leaves the upper left unchanged when made bigger, turning this
7531 * setting off will improve performance.
7533 * Note that for %NO_WINDOW widgets setting this flag to %FALSE turns
7534 * off all allocation on resizing: the widget will not even redraw if
7535 * its position changes; this is to allow containers that don't draw
7536 * anything to avoid excess invalidations. If you set this flag on a
7537 * %NO_WINDOW widget that <emphasis>does</emphasis> draw on @widget->window,
7538 * you are responsible for invalidating both the old and new allocation
7539 * of the widget when the widget is moved and responsible for invalidating
7540 * regions newly when the widget increases size.
7543 gtk_widget_set_redraw_on_allocate (GtkWidget *widget,
7544 gboolean redraw_on_allocate)
7546 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7548 widget->priv->redraw_on_alloc = redraw_on_allocate;
7552 * gtk_widget_set_sensitive:
7553 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7554 * @sensitive: %TRUE to make the widget sensitive
7556 * Sets the sensitivity of a widget. A widget is sensitive if the user
7557 * can interact with it. Insensitive widgets are "grayed out" and the
7558 * user can't interact with them. Insensitive widgets are known as
7559 * "inactive", "disabled", or "ghosted" in some other toolkits.
7562 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (GtkWidget *widget,
7565 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
7568 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7570 priv = widget->priv;
7572 sensitive = (sensitive != FALSE);
7574 if (widget->priv->sensitive == sensitive)
7577 data.flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE;
7581 widget->priv->sensitive = TRUE;
7582 data.operation = STATE_CHANGE_UNSET;
7586 widget->priv->sensitive = FALSE;
7587 data.operation = STATE_CHANGE_SET;
7590 data.use_forall = TRUE;
7593 data.parent_sensitive = gtk_widget_is_sensitive (priv->parent);
7595 data.parent_sensitive = TRUE;
7597 gtk_widget_propagate_state (widget, &data);
7599 if (gtk_widget_is_drawable (widget))
7600 gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
7602 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "sensitive");
7606 * gtk_widget_get_sensitive:
7607 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7609 * Returns the widget's sensitivity (in the sense of returning
7610 * the value that has been set using gtk_widget_set_sensitive()).
7612 * The effective sensitivity of a widget is however determined by both its
7613 * own and its parent widget's sensitivity. See gtk_widget_is_sensitive().
7615 * Returns: %TRUE if the widget is sensitive
7620 gtk_widget_get_sensitive (GtkWidget *widget)
7622 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7624 return widget->priv->sensitive;
7628 * gtk_widget_is_sensitive:
7629 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7631 * Returns the widget's effective sensitivity, which means
7632 * it is sensitive itself and also its parent widget is sensntive
7634 * Returns: %TRUE if the widget is effectively sensitive
7639 gtk_widget_is_sensitive (GtkWidget *widget)
7641 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7643 return widget->priv->sensitive && widget->priv->parent_sensitive;
7647 _gtk_widget_update_path (GtkWidget *widget)
7649 if (widget->priv->path)
7651 gtk_widget_path_free (widget->priv->path);
7652 widget->priv->path = NULL;
7655 gtk_widget_get_path (widget);
7659 * gtk_widget_set_parent:
7660 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7661 * @parent: parent container
7663 * This function is useful only when implementing subclasses of
7665 * Sets the container as the parent of @widget, and takes care of
7666 * some details such as updating the state and style of the child
7667 * to reflect its new location. The opposite function is
7668 * gtk_widget_unparent().
7671 gtk_widget_set_parent (GtkWidget *widget,
7674 GtkStateFlags parent_flags;
7675 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
7678 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7679 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (parent));
7680 g_return_if_fail (widget != parent);
7682 priv = widget->priv;
7684 if (priv->parent != NULL)
7686 g_warning ("Can't set a parent on widget which has a parent\n");
7689 if (gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget))
7691 g_warning ("Can't set a parent on a toplevel widget\n");
7695 /* keep this function in sync with gtk_menu_attach_to_widget()
7698 g_object_ref_sink (widget);
7700 gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
7702 priv->parent = parent;
7704 parent_flags = gtk_widget_get_state_flags (parent);
7706 /* Merge both old state and current parent state,
7707 * We don't want the insensitive flag to propagate
7708 * to the new child though */
7709 data.flags = parent_flags & ~GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE;
7710 data.flags |= priv->state_flags;
7712 data.operation = STATE_CHANGE_REPLACE;
7713 data.parent_sensitive = (gtk_widget_is_sensitive (parent) != FALSE);
7714 data.use_forall = gtk_widget_is_sensitive (parent) != gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget);
7715 gtk_widget_propagate_state (widget, &data);
7717 gtk_widget_reset_rc_styles (widget);
7719 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[PARENT_SET], 0, NULL);
7720 if (priv->parent->priv->anchored)
7721 _gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed (widget, NULL);
7722 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "parent");
7724 /* Enforce realized/mapped invariants
7726 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (priv->parent))
7727 gtk_widget_realize (widget);
7729 if (gtk_widget_get_visible (priv->parent) &&
7730 gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
7732 if (gtk_widget_get_child_visible (widget) &&
7733 gtk_widget_get_mapped (priv->parent))
7734 gtk_widget_map (widget);
7736 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
7739 /* child may cause parent's expand to change, if the child is
7740 * expanded. If child is not expanded, then it can't modify the
7741 * parent's expand. If the child becomes expanded later then it will
7742 * queue compute_expand then. This optimization plus defaulting
7743 * newly-constructed widgets to need_compute_expand=FALSE should
7744 * mean that initially building a widget tree doesn't have to keep
7745 * walking up setting need_compute_expand on parents over and over.
7747 * We can't change a parent to need to expand unless we're visible.
7749 if (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget) &&
7750 (priv->need_compute_expand ||
7751 priv->computed_hexpand ||
7752 priv->computed_vexpand))
7754 gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (parent);
7757 if (widget->priv->context)
7759 _gtk_widget_update_path (widget);
7760 gtk_style_context_set_path (widget->priv->context, widget->priv->path);
7762 gtk_style_context_set_screen (widget->priv->context,
7763 gtk_widget_get_screen (widget));
7766 gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
7770 * gtk_widget_get_parent:
7771 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7773 * Returns the parent container of @widget.
7775 * Return value: (transfer none): the parent container of @widget, or %NULL
7778 gtk_widget_get_parent (GtkWidget *widget)
7780 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
7782 return widget->priv->parent;
7785 /*****************************************
7787 * see docs/styles.txt
7788 *****************************************/
7791 * gtk_widget_style_attach:
7792 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7794 * This function attaches the widget's #GtkStyle to the widget's
7795 * #GdkWindow. It is a replacement for
7798 * widget->style = gtk_style_attach (widget->style, widget->window);
7801 * and should only ever be called in a derived widget's "realize"
7802 * implementation which does not chain up to its parent class'
7803 * "realize" implementation, because one of the parent classes
7804 * (finally #GtkWidget) would attach the style itself.
7808 * Deprecated: 3.0. This step is unnecessary with #GtkStyleContext.
7811 gtk_widget_style_attach (GtkWidget *widget)
7813 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
7815 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7816 g_return_if_fail (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget));
7818 priv = widget->priv;
7820 priv->style = gtk_style_attach (priv->style, priv->window);
7824 * gtk_widget_has_rc_style:
7825 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7827 * Determines if the widget style has been looked up through the rc mechanism.
7829 * Returns: %TRUE if the widget has been looked up through the rc
7830 * mechanism, %FALSE otherwise.
7834 * Deprecated:3.0: Use #GtkStyleContext instead
7837 gtk_widget_has_rc_style (GtkWidget *widget)
7839 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7841 return widget->priv->rc_style;
7845 * gtk_widget_set_style:
7846 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7847 * @style: (allow-none): a #GtkStyle, or %NULL to remove the effect of a previous
7848 * gtk_widget_set_style() and go back to the default style
7850 * Sets the #GtkStyle for a widget (@widget->style). You probably don't
7851 * want to use this function; it interacts badly with themes, because
7852 * themes work by replacing the #GtkStyle. Instead, use
7853 * gtk_widget_modify_style().
7855 * Deprecated:3.0: Use #GtkStyleContext instead
7858 gtk_widget_set_style (GtkWidget *widget,
7861 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7865 * gtk_widget_ensure_style:
7866 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7868 * Ensures that @widget has a style (@widget->style). Not a very useful
7869 * function; most of the time, if you want the style, the widget is
7870 * realized, and realized widgets are guaranteed to have a style
7873 * Deprecated:3.0: Use #GtkStyleContext instead
7876 gtk_widget_ensure_style (GtkWidget *widget)
7878 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7880 if (!widget->priv->style ||
7881 widget->priv->style == gtk_widget_get_default_style ())
7885 if (widget->priv->style)
7886 g_object_unref (widget->priv->style);
7888 style = g_object_new (GTK_TYPE_STYLE,
7889 "context", gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget),
7892 widget->priv->style = g_object_ref (style);
7894 g_signal_emit (widget,
7895 widget_signals[STYLE_SET],
7898 g_object_unref (style);
7903 * gtk_widget_get_style:
7904 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7906 * Simply an accessor function that returns @widget->style.
7908 * Return value: (transfer none): the widget's #GtkStyle
7910 * Deprecated:3.0: Use #GtkStyleContext instead
7913 gtk_widget_get_style (GtkWidget *widget)
7915 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
7917 return widget->priv->style;
7921 * gtk_widget_modify_style:
7922 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7923 * @style: the #GtkRcStyle holding the style modifications
7925 * Modifies style values on the widget. Modifications made using this
7926 * technique take precedence over style values set via an RC file,
7927 * however, they will be overriden if a style is explicitely set on
7928 * the widget using gtk_widget_set_style(). The #GtkRcStyle structure
7929 * is designed so each field can either be set or unset, so it is
7930 * possible, using this function, to modify some style values and
7931 * leave the others unchanged.
7933 * Note that modifications made with this function are not cumulative
7934 * with previous calls to gtk_widget_modify_style() or with such
7935 * functions as gtk_widget_modify_fg(). If you wish to retain
7936 * previous values, you must first call gtk_widget_get_modifier_style(),
7937 * make your modifications to the returned style, then call
7938 * gtk_widget_modify_style() with that style. On the other hand,
7939 * if you first call gtk_widget_modify_style(), subsequent calls
7940 * to such functions gtk_widget_modify_fg() will have a cumulative
7941 * effect with the initial modifications.
7943 * Deprecated:3.0: Use #GtkStyleContext with a custom #GtkStyleProvider instead
7946 gtk_widget_modify_style (GtkWidget *widget,
7949 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7950 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_RC_STYLE (style));
7952 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
7954 gtk_rc_style_copy (style),
7955 (GDestroyNotify) g_object_unref);
7959 * gtk_widget_get_modifier_style:
7960 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7962 * Returns the current modifier style for the widget. (As set by
7963 * gtk_widget_modify_style().) If no style has previously set, a new
7964 * #GtkRcStyle will be created with all values unset, and set as the
7965 * modifier style for the widget. If you make changes to this rc
7966 * style, you must call gtk_widget_modify_style(), passing in the
7967 * returned rc style, to make sure that your changes take effect.
7969 * Caution: passing the style back to gtk_widget_modify_style() will
7970 * normally end up destroying it, because gtk_widget_modify_style() copies
7971 * the passed-in style and sets the copy as the new modifier style,
7972 * thus dropping any reference to the old modifier style. Add a reference
7973 * to the modifier style if you want to keep it alive.
7975 * Return value: (transfer none): the modifier style for the widget.
7976 * This rc style is owned by the widget. If you want to keep a
7977 * pointer to value this around, you must add a refcount using
7980 * Deprecated:3.0: Use #GtkStyleContext with a custom #GtkStyleProvider instead
7983 gtk_widget_get_modifier_style (GtkWidget *widget)
7985 GtkRcStyle *rc_style;
7987 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
7989 rc_style = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_rc_style);
7993 rc_style = gtk_rc_style_new ();
7994 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
7997 (GDestroyNotify) g_object_unref);
8004 gtk_widget_modify_color_component (GtkWidget *widget,
8005 GtkRcFlags component,
8007 const GdkColor *color)
8009 GtkRcStyle *rc_style = gtk_widget_get_modifier_style (widget);
8016 rc_style->fg[state] = *color;
8019 rc_style->bg[state] = *color;
8022 rc_style->text[state] = *color;
8025 rc_style->base[state] = *color;
8028 g_assert_not_reached();
8031 rc_style->color_flags[state] |= component;
8034 rc_style->color_flags[state] &= ~component;
8036 gtk_widget_modify_style (widget, rc_style);
8040 modifier_style_changed (GtkModifierStyle *style,
8043 GtkStyleContext *context;
8045 context = gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget);
8046 gtk_style_context_invalidate (context);
8049 static GtkModifierStyle *
8050 _gtk_widget_get_modifier_properties (GtkWidget *widget)
8052 GtkModifierStyle *style;
8054 style = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_modifier_style);
8056 if (G_UNLIKELY (!style))
8058 GtkStyleContext *context;
8060 style = gtk_modifier_style_new ();
8061 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
8062 quark_modifier_style,
8064 (GDestroyNotify) g_object_unref);
8066 g_signal_connect (style, "changed",
8067 G_CALLBACK (modifier_style_changed), widget);
8069 context = gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget);
8071 gtk_style_context_add_provider (context,
8072 GTK_STYLE_PROVIDER (style),
8073 GTK_STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_APPLICATION);
8080 * gtk_widget_override_color:
8081 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8082 * @state: the state for which to set the color
8083 * @color: the color to assign, or %NULL to undo the effect
8084 * of previous calls to gtk_widget_override_color()
8086 * Sets the color to use for a widget. All other style values are left
8091 * This API is mostly meant as a quick way for applications to change a
8092 * widget appearance. If you are developing a widgets library and intend
8093 * this change to be themeable, it is better done by setting meaningful
8094 * CSS classes and regions in your widget/container implementation through
8095 * gtk_style_context_add_class() and gtk_style_context_add_region().
8098 * This way, your widget library can install a #GtkCssProvider with the
8099 * %GTK_STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_FALLBACK priority in order to provide a
8100 * default styling for those widgets that need so, and this theming may
8101 * fully overridden by the user's theme.
8107 * Note that for complex widgets this may bring in
8108 * undesired results (such as uniform background color everywhere),
8109 * in these cases it is better to fully style such widgets through a
8110 * #GtkCssProvider with the %GTK_STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_APPLICATION
8118 gtk_widget_override_color (GtkWidget *widget,
8119 GtkStateFlags state,
8120 const GdkRGBA *color)
8122 GtkModifierStyle *style;
8124 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
8126 style = _gtk_widget_get_modifier_properties (widget);
8127 gtk_modifier_style_set_color (style, state, color);
8131 * gtk_widget_override_background_color:
8132 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8133 * @state: the state for which to set the background color
8134 * @color: the color to assign, or %NULL to undo the effect
8135 * of previous calls to gtk_widget_override_background_color()
8137 * Sets the background color to use for a widget. All other style values
8138 * are left untouched. See gtk_widget_override_color().
8143 gtk_widget_override_background_color (GtkWidget *widget,
8144 GtkStateFlags state,
8145 const GdkRGBA *color)
8147 GtkModifierStyle *style;
8149 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
8151 style = _gtk_widget_get_modifier_properties (widget);
8152 gtk_modifier_style_set_background_color (style, state, color);
8156 * gtk_widget_override_font:
8157 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8158 * @font_desc: the font descriptiong to use, or %NULL to undo
8159 * the effect of previous calls to
8160 * gtk_widget_override_font().
8162 * Sets the font to use for a widget. All other style values are
8163 * left untouched. See gtk_widget_override_color().
8168 gtk_widget_override_font (GtkWidget *widget,
8169 const PangoFontDescription *font_desc)
8171 GtkModifierStyle *style;
8173 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
8175 style = _gtk_widget_get_modifier_properties (widget);
8176 gtk_modifier_style_set_font (style, font_desc);
8180 * gtk_widget_override_symbolic_color:
8181 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8182 * @name: the name of the symbolic color to modify
8183 * @color: (allow-none): the color to assign (does not need to be allocated),
8184 * or %NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to
8185 * gtk_widget_override_symbolic_color().
8187 * Sets a symbolic color for a widget, All other style values are left
8188 * untouched. See gtk_widget_override_color() for overriding the foreground
8189 * or background color.
8194 gtk_widget_override_symbolic_color (GtkWidget *widget,
8196 const GdkRGBA *color)
8198 GtkModifierStyle *style;
8200 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
8202 style = _gtk_widget_get_modifier_properties (widget);
8203 gtk_modifier_style_map_color (style, name, color);
8207 * gtk_widget_override_cursor:
8208 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8209 * @cursor: the color to use for primary cursor (does not need to be
8210 * allocated), or %NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to
8211 * of gtk_widget_override_cursor().
8212 * @secondary_cursor: the color to use for secondary cursor (does not
8213 * need to be allocated), or %NULL to undo the effect of previous
8214 * calls to of gtk_widget_override_cursor().
8216 * Sets the cursor color to use in a widget, overriding the
8217 * #GtkWidget:cursor-color and #GtkWidget:secondary-cursor-color
8218 * style properties. All other style values are left untouched.
8219 * See also gtk_widget_modify_style().
8221 * Note that the underlying properties have the #GdkColor type,
8222 * so the alpha value in @primary and @secondary will be ignored.
8227 gtk_widget_override_cursor (GtkWidget *widget,
8228 const GdkRGBA *cursor,
8229 const GdkRGBA *secondary_cursor)
8231 GtkModifierStyle *style;
8233 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
8235 style = _gtk_widget_get_modifier_properties (widget);
8236 gtk_modifier_style_set_color_property (style,
8238 "cursor-color", cursor);
8239 gtk_modifier_style_set_color_property (style,
8241 "secondary-cursor-color",
8246 * gtk_widget_modify_fg:
8247 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8248 * @state: the state for which to set the foreground color
8249 * @color: (allow-none): the color to assign (does not need to be allocated),
8250 * or %NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to
8251 * of gtk_widget_modify_fg().
8253 * Sets the foreground color for a widget in a particular state.
8254 * All other style values are left untouched. See also
8255 * gtk_widget_modify_style().
8257 * Deprecated:3.0: Use gtk_widget_override_color() instead
8260 gtk_widget_modify_fg (GtkWidget *widget,
8262 const GdkColor *color)
8264 GtkStateFlags flags;
8267 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
8268 g_return_if_fail (state >= GTK_STATE_NORMAL && state <= GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE);
8272 case GTK_STATE_ACTIVE:
8273 flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_ACTIVE;
8275 case GTK_STATE_PRELIGHT:
8276 flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_PRELIGHT;
8278 case GTK_STATE_SELECTED:
8279 flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_SELECTED;
8281 case GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE:
8282 flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE;
8284 case GTK_STATE_NORMAL:
8291 rgba.red = color->red / 65535.;
8292 rgba.green = color->green / 65535.;
8293 rgba.blue = color->blue / 65535.;
8296 gtk_widget_override_color (widget, state, &rgba);
8299 gtk_widget_override_color (widget, state, NULL);
8303 * gtk_widget_modify_bg:
8304 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8305 * @state: the state for which to set the background color
8306 * @color: (allow-none): the color to assign (does not need to be allocated),
8307 * or %NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to
8308 * of gtk_widget_modify_bg().
8310 * Sets the background color for a widget in a particular state.
8311 * All other style values are left untouched. See also
8312 * gtk_widget_modify_style().
8314 * Note that "no window" widgets (which have the %GTK_NO_WINDOW flag set)
8315 * draw on their parent container's window and thus may not draw any
8316 * background themselves. This is the case for e.g. #GtkLabel. To modify
8317 * the background of such widgets, you have to set the background color
8318 * on their parent; if you want to set the background of a rectangular
8319 * area around a label, try placing the label in a #GtkEventBox widget
8320 * and setting the background color on that.
8322 * Deprecated:3.0: Use gtk_widget_override_background_color() instead
8325 gtk_widget_modify_bg (GtkWidget *widget,
8327 const GdkColor *color)
8329 GtkStateFlags flags;
8332 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
8333 g_return_if_fail (state >= GTK_STATE_NORMAL && state <= GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE);
8337 case GTK_STATE_ACTIVE:
8338 flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_ACTIVE;
8340 case GTK_STATE_PRELIGHT:
8341 flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_PRELIGHT;
8343 case GTK_STATE_SELECTED:
8344 flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_SELECTED;
8346 case GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE:
8347 flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE;
8349 case GTK_STATE_NORMAL:
8356 rgba.red = color->red / 65535.;
8357 rgba.green = color->green / 65535.;
8358 rgba.blue = color->blue / 65535.;
8361 gtk_widget_override_background_color (widget, state, &rgba);
8364 gtk_widget_override_background_color (widget, state, NULL);
8368 * gtk_widget_modify_text:
8369 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8370 * @state: the state for which to set the text color
8371 * @color: (allow-none): the color to assign (does not need to be allocated),
8372 * or %NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to
8373 * of gtk_widget_modify_text().
8375 * Sets the text color for a widget in a particular state. All other
8376 * style values are left untouched. The text color is the foreground
8377 * color used along with the base color (see gtk_widget_modify_base())
8378 * for widgets such as #GtkEntry and #GtkTextView. See also
8379 * gtk_widget_modify_style().
8381 * Deprecated:3.0: Use gtk_widget_override_color() instead
8384 gtk_widget_modify_text (GtkWidget *widget,
8386 const GdkColor *color)
8388 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
8389 g_return_if_fail (state >= GTK_STATE_NORMAL && state <= GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE);
8391 gtk_widget_modify_color_component (widget, GTK_RC_TEXT, state, color);
8395 * gtk_widget_modify_base:
8396 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8397 * @state: the state for which to set the base color
8398 * @color: (allow-none): the color to assign (does not need to be allocated),
8399 * or %NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to
8400 * of gtk_widget_modify_base().
8402 * Sets the base color for a widget in a particular state.
8403 * All other style values are left untouched. The base color
8404 * is the background color used along with the text color
8405 * (see gtk_widget_modify_text()) for widgets such as #GtkEntry
8406 * and #GtkTextView. See also gtk_widget_modify_style().
8408 * Note that "no window" widgets (which have the %GTK_NO_WINDOW flag set)
8409 * draw on their parent container's window and thus may not draw any
8410 * background themselves. This is the case for e.g. #GtkLabel. To modify
8411 * the background of such widgets, you have to set the base color on their
8412 * parent; if you want to set the background of a rectangular area around
8413 * a label, try placing the label in a #GtkEventBox widget and setting
8414 * the base color on that.
8416 * Deprecated:3.0: Use gtk_widget_override_background_color() instead
8419 gtk_widget_modify_base (GtkWidget *widget,
8421 const GdkColor *color)
8423 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
8424 g_return_if_fail (state >= GTK_STATE_NORMAL && state <= GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE);
8426 gtk_widget_modify_color_component (widget, GTK_RC_BASE, state, color);
8430 * gtk_widget_modify_cursor:
8431 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8432 * @primary: the color to use for primary cursor (does not need to be
8433 * allocated), or %NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to
8434 * of gtk_widget_modify_cursor().
8435 * @secondary: the color to use for secondary cursor (does not need to be
8436 * allocated), or %NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to
8437 * of gtk_widget_modify_cursor().
8439 * Sets the cursor color to use in a widget, overriding the
8440 * #GtkWidget:cursor-color and #GtkWidget:secondary-cursor-color
8441 * style properties. All other style values are left untouched.
8442 * See also gtk_widget_modify_style().
8446 * Deprecated: 3.0. Use gtk_widget_override_cursor() instead.
8449 gtk_widget_modify_cursor (GtkWidget *widget,
8450 const GdkColor *primary,
8451 const GdkColor *secondary)
8453 GdkRGBA primary_rgba, secondary_rgba;
8455 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
8457 primary_rgba.red = primary->red / 65535.;
8458 primary_rgba.green = primary->green / 65535.;
8459 primary_rgba.blue = primary->blue / 65535.;
8460 primary_rgba.alpha = 1;
8462 secondary_rgba.red = secondary->red / 65535.;
8463 secondary_rgba.green = secondary->green / 65535.;
8464 secondary_rgba.blue = secondary->blue / 65535.;
8465 secondary_rgba.alpha = 1;
8467 gtk_widget_override_cursor (widget, &primary_rgba, &secondary_rgba);
8471 * gtk_widget_modify_font:
8472 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8473 * @font_desc: (allow-none): the font description to use, or %NULL to undo
8474 * the effect of previous calls to gtk_widget_modify_font().
8476 * Sets the font to use for a widget. All other style values are left
8477 * untouched. See also gtk_widget_modify_style().
8479 * Deprecated:3.0: Use gtk_widget_override_font() instead
8482 gtk_widget_modify_font (GtkWidget *widget,
8483 PangoFontDescription *font_desc)
8485 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
8487 gtk_widget_override_font (widget, font_desc);
8491 gtk_widget_real_direction_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
8492 GtkTextDirection previous_direction)
8494 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
8498 gtk_widget_real_style_set (GtkWidget *widget,
8499 GtkStyle *previous_style)
8504 GtkWidget *previous_toplevel;
8505 GdkScreen *previous_screen;
8506 GdkScreen *new_screen;
8507 } HierarchyChangedInfo;
8510 do_screen_change (GtkWidget *widget,
8511 GdkScreen *old_screen,
8512 GdkScreen *new_screen)
8514 if (old_screen != new_screen)
8516 GtkStyleContext *context;
8520 PangoContext *context = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pango_context);
8522 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pango_context, NULL);
8525 _gtk_tooltip_hide (widget);
8527 context = gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget);
8528 gtk_style_context_set_screen (context, gtk_widget_get_screen (widget));
8530 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[SCREEN_CHANGED], 0, old_screen);
8535 gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed_recurse (GtkWidget *widget,
8536 gpointer client_data)
8538 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
8539 HierarchyChangedInfo *info = client_data;
8540 gboolean new_anchored = gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget) ||
8541 (priv->parent && priv->parent->priv->anchored);
8543 if (priv->anchored != new_anchored)
8545 g_object_ref (widget);
8547 priv->anchored = new_anchored;
8549 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[HIERARCHY_CHANGED], 0, info->previous_toplevel);
8550 do_screen_change (widget, info->previous_screen, info->new_screen);
8552 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
8553 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
8554 gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed_recurse,
8557 g_object_unref (widget);
8562 * _gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed:
8563 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8564 * @previous_toplevel: Previous toplevel
8566 * Propagates changes in the anchored state to a widget and all
8567 * children, unsetting or setting the %ANCHORED flag, and
8568 * emitting #GtkWidget::hierarchy-changed.
8571 _gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
8572 GtkWidget *previous_toplevel)
8574 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
8575 HierarchyChangedInfo info;
8577 info.previous_toplevel = previous_toplevel;
8578 info.previous_screen = previous_toplevel ? gtk_widget_get_screen (previous_toplevel) : NULL;
8580 if (gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget) ||
8581 (priv->parent && priv->parent->priv->anchored))
8582 info.new_screen = gtk_widget_get_screen (widget);
8584 info.new_screen = NULL;
8586 if (info.previous_screen)
8587 g_object_ref (info.previous_screen);
8588 if (previous_toplevel)
8589 g_object_ref (previous_toplevel);
8591 gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed_recurse (widget, &info);
8593 if (previous_toplevel)
8594 g_object_unref (previous_toplevel);
8595 if (info.previous_screen)
8596 g_object_unref (info.previous_screen);
8600 gtk_widget_propagate_screen_changed_recurse (GtkWidget *widget,
8601 gpointer client_data)
8603 HierarchyChangedInfo *info = client_data;
8605 g_object_ref (widget);
8607 do_screen_change (widget, info->previous_screen, info->new_screen);
8609 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
8610 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
8611 gtk_widget_propagate_screen_changed_recurse,
8614 g_object_unref (widget);
8618 * gtk_widget_is_composited:
8619 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8621 * Whether @widget can rely on having its alpha channel
8622 * drawn correctly. On X11 this function returns whether a
8623 * compositing manager is running for @widget's screen.
8625 * Please note that the semantics of this call will change
8626 * in the future if used on a widget that has a composited
8627 * window in its hierarchy (as set by gdk_window_set_composited()).
8629 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget can rely on its alpha
8630 * channel being drawn correctly.
8635 gtk_widget_is_composited (GtkWidget *widget)
8639 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
8641 screen = gtk_widget_get_screen (widget);
8643 return gdk_screen_is_composited (screen);
8647 propagate_composited_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
8650 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
8652 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
8653 propagate_composited_changed,
8657 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[COMPOSITED_CHANGED], 0);
8661 _gtk_widget_propagate_composited_changed (GtkWidget *widget)
8663 propagate_composited_changed (widget, NULL);
8667 * _gtk_widget_propagate_screen_changed:
8668 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8669 * @previous_screen: Previous screen
8671 * Propagates changes in the screen for a widget to all
8672 * children, emitting #GtkWidget::screen-changed.
8675 _gtk_widget_propagate_screen_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
8676 GdkScreen *previous_screen)
8678 HierarchyChangedInfo info;
8680 info.previous_screen = previous_screen;
8681 info.new_screen = gtk_widget_get_screen (widget);
8683 if (previous_screen)
8684 g_object_ref (previous_screen);
8686 gtk_widget_propagate_screen_changed_recurse (widget, &info);
8688 if (previous_screen)
8689 g_object_unref (previous_screen);
8693 reset_style_recurse (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data)
8695 if (widget->priv->context)
8697 _gtk_widget_update_path (widget);
8698 gtk_style_context_set_path (widget->priv->context,
8699 widget->priv->path);
8702 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
8703 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
8704 reset_style_recurse,
8709 * gtk_widget_reset_style:
8710 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8712 * Updates the style context of @widget and all descendents
8713 * by updating its widget path. #GtkContainer<!-- -->s may want
8714 * to use this on a child when reordering it in a way that a different
8715 * style might apply to it. See also gtk_container_get_path_for_child().
8720 gtk_widget_reset_style (GtkWidget *widget)
8722 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
8724 reset_style_recurse (widget, NULL);
8728 * gtk_widget_reset_rc_styles:
8729 * @widget: a #GtkWidget.
8731 * Reset the styles of @widget and all descendents, so when
8732 * they are looked up again, they get the correct values
8733 * for the currently loaded RC file settings.
8735 * This function is not useful for applications.
8737 * Deprecated:3.0: Use #GtkStyleContext instead
8740 gtk_widget_reset_rc_styles (GtkWidget *widget)
8742 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
8744 reset_style_recurse (widget, NULL);
8748 * gtk_widget_get_default_style:
8750 * Returns the default style used by all widgets initially.
8752 * Returns: (transfer none): the default style. This #GtkStyle
8753 * object is owned by GTK+ and should not be modified or freed.
8755 * Deprecated:3.0: Use #GtkStyleContext instead
8758 gtk_widget_get_default_style (void)
8760 if (!gtk_default_style)
8762 gtk_default_style = gtk_style_new ();
8763 g_object_ref (gtk_default_style);
8766 return gtk_default_style;
8769 #ifdef G_ENABLE_DEBUG
8771 /* Verify invariants, see docs/widget_system.txt for notes on much of
8772 * this. Invariants may be temporarily broken while we're in the
8773 * process of updating state, of course, so you can only
8774 * verify_invariants() after a given operation is complete.
8775 * Use push/pop_verify_invariants to help with that.
8778 gtk_widget_verify_invariants (GtkWidget *widget)
8782 if (widget->priv->verifying_invariants_count > 0)
8785 parent = widget->priv->parent;
8787 if (widget->priv->mapped)
8789 /* Mapped implies ... */
8791 if (!widget->priv->realized)
8792 g_warning ("%s %p is mapped but not realized",
8793 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
8795 if (!widget->priv->visible)
8796 g_warning ("%s %p is mapped but not visible",
8797 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
8799 if (!widget->priv->toplevel)
8801 if (!widget->priv->child_visible)
8802 g_warning ("%s %p is mapped but not child_visible",
8803 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
8808 /* Not mapped implies... */
8811 /* This check makes sense for normal toplevels, but for
8812 * something like a toplevel that is embedded within a clutter
8813 * state, mapping may depend on external factors.
8815 if (widget->priv->toplevel)
8817 if (widget->priv->visible)
8818 g_warning ("%s %p toplevel is visible but not mapped",
8819 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
8824 /* Parent related checks aren't possible if parent has
8825 * verifying_invariants_count > 0 because parent needs to recurse
8826 * children first before the invariants will hold.
8828 if (parent == NULL || parent->priv->verifying_invariants_count == 0)
8831 parent->priv->realized)
8833 /* Parent realized implies... */
8836 /* This is in widget_system.txt but appears to fail
8837 * because there's no gtk_container_realize() that
8838 * realizes all children... instead we just lazily
8839 * wait for map to fix things up.
8841 if (!widget->priv->realized)
8842 g_warning ("%s %p is realized but child %s %p is not realized",
8843 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (parent), parent,
8844 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
8847 else if (!widget->priv->toplevel)
8849 /* No parent or parent not realized on non-toplevel implies... */
8851 if (widget->priv->realized && !widget->priv->in_reparent)
8852 g_warning ("%s %p is not realized but child %s %p is realized",
8853 parent ? G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (parent) : "no parent", parent,
8854 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
8858 parent->priv->mapped &&
8859 widget->priv->visible &&
8860 widget->priv->child_visible)
8862 /* Parent mapped and we are visible implies... */
8864 if (!widget->priv->mapped)
8865 g_warning ("%s %p is mapped but visible child %s %p is not mapped",
8866 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (parent), parent,
8867 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
8869 else if (!widget->priv->toplevel)
8871 /* No parent or parent not mapped on non-toplevel implies... */
8873 if (widget->priv->mapped && !widget->priv->in_reparent)
8874 g_warning ("%s %p is mapped but visible=%d child_visible=%d parent %s %p mapped=%d",
8875 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget,
8876 widget->priv->visible,
8877 widget->priv->child_visible,
8878 parent ? G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (parent) : "no parent", parent,
8879 parent ? parent->priv->mapped : FALSE);
8883 if (!widget->priv->realized)
8885 /* Not realized implies... */
8888 /* widget_system.txt says these hold, but they don't. */
8889 if (widget->priv->resize_pending)
8890 g_warning ("%s %p resize pending but not realized",
8891 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
8893 if (widget->priv->alloc_needed)
8894 g_warning ("%s %p alloc needed but not realized",
8895 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
8897 if (widget->priv->width_request_needed)
8898 g_warning ("%s %p width request needed but not realized",
8899 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
8901 if (widget->priv->height_request_needed)
8902 g_warning ("%s %p height request needed but not realized",
8903 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
8908 /* The point of this push/pop is that invariants may not hold while
8909 * we're busy making changes. So we only check at the outermost call
8910 * on the call stack, after we finish updating everything.
8913 gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (GtkWidget *widget)
8915 widget->priv->verifying_invariants_count += 1;
8919 gtk_widget_verify_child_invariants (GtkWidget *widget,
8920 gpointer client_data)
8922 /* We don't recurse further; this is a one-level check. */
8923 gtk_widget_verify_invariants (widget);
8927 gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (GtkWidget *widget)
8929 g_assert (widget->priv->verifying_invariants_count > 0);
8931 widget->priv->verifying_invariants_count -= 1;
8933 if (widget->priv->verifying_invariants_count == 0)
8935 gtk_widget_verify_invariants (widget);
8937 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
8939 /* Check one level of children, because our
8940 * push_verify_invariants() will have prevented some of the
8941 * checks. This does not recurse because if recursion is
8942 * needed, it will happen naturally as each child has a
8943 * push/pop on that child. For example if we're recursively
8944 * mapping children, we'll push/pop on each child as we map
8947 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
8948 gtk_widget_verify_child_invariants,
8953 #endif /* G_ENABLE_DEBUG */
8955 static PangoContext *
8956 gtk_widget_peek_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget)
8958 return g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pango_context);
8962 * gtk_widget_get_pango_context:
8963 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8965 * Gets a #PangoContext with the appropriate font map, font description,
8966 * and base direction for this widget. Unlike the context returned
8967 * by gtk_widget_create_pango_context(), this context is owned by
8968 * the widget (it can be used until the screen for the widget changes
8969 * or the widget is removed from its toplevel), and will be updated to
8970 * match any changes to the widget's attributes.
8972 * If you create and keep a #PangoLayout using this context, you must
8973 * deal with changes to the context by calling pango_layout_context_changed()
8974 * on the layout in response to the #GtkWidget::style-updated and
8975 * #GtkWidget::direction-changed signals for the widget.
8977 * Return value: (transfer none): the #PangoContext for the widget.
8980 gtk_widget_get_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget)
8982 PangoContext *context;
8984 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
8986 context = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pango_context);
8989 context = gtk_widget_create_pango_context (GTK_WIDGET (widget));
8990 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
8991 quark_pango_context,
9000 update_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget,
9001 PangoContext *context)
9003 PangoFontDescription *font_desc;
9004 GtkStyleContext *style_context;
9006 style_context = gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget);
9008 gtk_style_context_get (style_context,
9009 gtk_widget_get_state_flags (widget),
9013 pango_context_set_font_description (context, font_desc);
9014 pango_context_set_base_dir (context,
9015 gtk_widget_get_direction (widget) == GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR ?
9016 PANGO_DIRECTION_LTR : PANGO_DIRECTION_RTL);
9018 pango_font_description_free (font_desc);
9022 gtk_widget_update_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget)
9024 PangoContext *context = gtk_widget_peek_pango_context (widget);
9030 update_pango_context (widget, context);
9032 screen = gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (widget);
9035 pango_cairo_context_set_resolution (context,
9036 gdk_screen_get_resolution (screen));
9037 pango_cairo_context_set_font_options (context,
9038 gdk_screen_get_font_options (screen));
9044 * gtk_widget_create_pango_context:
9045 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9047 * Creates a new #PangoContext with the appropriate font map,
9048 * font description, and base direction for drawing text for
9049 * this widget. See also gtk_widget_get_pango_context().
9051 * Return value: (transfer full): the new #PangoContext
9054 gtk_widget_create_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget)
9057 PangoContext *context;
9059 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
9061 screen = gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (widget);
9064 GTK_NOTE (MULTIHEAD,
9065 g_warning ("gtk_widget_create_pango_context ()) called without screen"));
9067 screen = gdk_screen_get_default ();
9070 context = gdk_pango_context_get_for_screen (screen);
9072 update_pango_context (widget, context);
9073 pango_context_set_language (context, gtk_get_default_language ());
9079 * gtk_widget_create_pango_layout:
9080 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9081 * @text: text to set on the layout (can be %NULL)
9083 * Creates a new #PangoLayout with the appropriate font map,
9084 * font description, and base direction for drawing text for
9087 * If you keep a #PangoLayout created in this way around, in order to
9088 * notify the layout of changes to the base direction or font of this
9089 * widget, you must call pango_layout_context_changed() in response to
9090 * the #GtkWidget::style-updated and #GtkWidget::direction-changed signals
9093 * Return value: (transfer full): the new #PangoLayout
9096 gtk_widget_create_pango_layout (GtkWidget *widget,
9099 PangoLayout *layout;
9100 PangoContext *context;
9102 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
9104 context = gtk_widget_get_pango_context (widget);
9105 layout = pango_layout_new (context);
9108 pango_layout_set_text (layout, text, -1);
9114 * gtk_widget_render_icon_pixbuf:
9115 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9116 * @stock_id: a stock ID
9117 * @size: (type int): a stock size. A size of (GtkIconSize)-1 means
9118 * render at the size of the source and don't scale (if there are
9119 * multiple source sizes, GTK+ picks one of the available sizes).
9121 * A convenience function that uses the theme engine and style
9122 * settings for @widget to look up @stock_id and render it to
9123 * a pixbuf. @stock_id should be a stock icon ID such as
9124 * #GTK_STOCK_OPEN or #GTK_STOCK_OK. @size should be a size
9125 * such as #GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU.
9127 * The pixels in the returned #GdkPixbuf are shared with the rest of
9128 * the application and should not be modified. The pixbuf should be freed
9129 * after use with g_object_unref().
9131 * Return value: (transfer full): a new pixbuf, or %NULL if the
9132 * stock ID wasn't known
9137 gtk_widget_render_icon_pixbuf (GtkWidget *widget,
9138 const gchar *stock_id,
9141 GtkStyleContext *context;
9142 GtkIconSet *icon_set;
9144 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
9145 g_return_val_if_fail (stock_id != NULL, NULL);
9146 g_return_val_if_fail (size > GTK_ICON_SIZE_INVALID || size == -1, NULL);
9148 context = gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget);
9149 icon_set = gtk_style_context_lookup_icon_set (context, stock_id);
9151 if (icon_set == NULL)
9154 return gtk_icon_set_render_icon_pixbuf (icon_set, context, size);
9158 * gtk_widget_render_icon:
9159 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9160 * @stock_id: a stock ID
9161 * @size: (type int): a stock size. A size of (GtkIconSize)-1 means
9162 * render at the size of the source and don't scale (if there are
9163 * multiple source sizes, GTK+ picks one of the available sizes).
9164 * @detail: (allow-none): render detail to pass to theme engine
9166 * A convenience function that uses the theme engine and RC file
9167 * settings for @widget to look up @stock_id and render it to
9168 * a pixbuf. @stock_id should be a stock icon ID such as
9169 * #GTK_STOCK_OPEN or #GTK_STOCK_OK. @size should be a size
9170 * such as #GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU. @detail should be a string that
9171 * identifies the widget or code doing the rendering, so that
9172 * theme engines can special-case rendering for that widget or code.
9174 * The pixels in the returned #GdkPixbuf are shared with the rest of
9175 * the application and should not be modified. The pixbuf should be freed
9176 * after use with g_object_unref().
9178 * Return value: (transfer full): a new pixbuf, or %NULL if the
9179 * stock ID wasn't known
9181 * Deprecated: 3.0: Use gtk_widget_render_icon_pixbuf() instead.
9184 gtk_widget_render_icon (GtkWidget *widget,
9185 const gchar *stock_id,
9187 const gchar *detail)
9189 return gtk_widget_render_icon_pixbuf (widget, stock_id, size);
9193 * gtk_widget_set_parent_window:
9194 * @widget: a #GtkWidget.
9195 * @parent_window: the new parent window.
9197 * Sets a non default parent window for @widget.
9199 * For GtkWindow classes, setting a @parent_window effects whether
9200 * the window is a toplevel window or can be embedded into other
9204 * For GtkWindow classes, this needs to be called before the
9205 * window is realized.
9210 gtk_widget_set_parent_window (GtkWidget *widget,
9211 GdkWindow *parent_window)
9213 GdkWindow *old_parent_window;
9215 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
9217 old_parent_window = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget),
9218 quark_parent_window);
9220 if (parent_window != old_parent_window)
9222 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_parent_window,
9224 if (old_parent_window)
9225 g_object_unref (old_parent_window);
9227 g_object_ref (parent_window);
9229 /* Unset toplevel flag when adding a parent window to a widget,
9230 * this is the primary entry point to allow toplevels to be
9233 if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (widget) && !GTK_IS_PLUG (widget))
9234 _gtk_window_set_is_toplevel (GTK_WINDOW (widget), parent_window == NULL);
9239 * gtk_widget_get_parent_window:
9240 * @widget: a #GtkWidget.
9242 * Gets @widget's parent window.
9244 * Returns: (transfer none): the parent window of @widget.
9247 gtk_widget_get_parent_window (GtkWidget *widget)
9249 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
9250 GdkWindow *parent_window;
9252 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
9254 priv = widget->priv;
9256 parent_window = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_parent_window);
9258 return (parent_window != NULL) ? parent_window :
9259 (priv->parent != NULL) ? priv->parent->priv->window : NULL;
9264 * gtk_widget_set_child_visible:
9265 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9266 * @is_visible: if %TRUE, @widget should be mapped along with its parent.
9268 * Sets whether @widget should be mapped along with its when its parent
9269 * is mapped and @widget has been shown with gtk_widget_show().
9271 * The child visibility can be set for widget before it is added to
9272 * a container with gtk_widget_set_parent(), to avoid mapping
9273 * children unnecessary before immediately unmapping them. However
9274 * it will be reset to its default state of %TRUE when the widget
9275 * is removed from a container.
9277 * Note that changing the child visibility of a widget does not
9278 * queue a resize on the widget. Most of the time, the size of
9279 * a widget is computed from all visible children, whether or
9280 * not they are mapped. If this is not the case, the container
9281 * can queue a resize itself.
9283 * This function is only useful for container implementations and
9284 * never should be called by an application.
9287 gtk_widget_set_child_visible (GtkWidget *widget,
9288 gboolean is_visible)
9290 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
9292 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
9293 g_return_if_fail (!gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget));
9295 priv = widget->priv;
9297 g_object_ref (widget);
9298 gtk_widget_verify_invariants (widget);
9301 priv->child_visible = TRUE;
9304 GtkWidget *toplevel;
9306 priv->child_visible = FALSE;
9308 toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
9309 if (toplevel != widget && gtk_widget_is_toplevel (toplevel))
9310 _gtk_window_unset_focus_and_default (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel), widget);
9313 if (priv->parent && gtk_widget_get_realized (priv->parent))
9315 if (gtk_widget_get_mapped (priv->parent) &&
9316 priv->child_visible &&
9317 gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
9318 gtk_widget_map (widget);
9320 gtk_widget_unmap (widget);
9323 gtk_widget_verify_invariants (widget);
9324 g_object_unref (widget);
9328 * gtk_widget_get_child_visible:
9329 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9331 * Gets the value set with gtk_widget_set_child_visible().
9332 * If you feel a need to use this function, your code probably
9333 * needs reorganization.
9335 * This function is only useful for container implementations and
9336 * never should be called by an application.
9338 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget is mapped with the parent.
9341 gtk_widget_get_child_visible (GtkWidget *widget)
9343 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
9345 return widget->priv->child_visible;
9349 gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (GtkWidget *widget)
9351 GtkWidget *toplevel;
9353 toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
9355 if (gtk_widget_is_toplevel (toplevel))
9357 if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel))
9358 return gtk_window_get_screen (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel));
9359 else if (GTK_IS_INVISIBLE (toplevel))
9360 return gtk_invisible_get_screen (GTK_INVISIBLE (widget));
9367 * gtk_widget_get_screen:
9368 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9370 * Get the #GdkScreen from the toplevel window associated with
9371 * this widget. This function can only be called after the widget
9372 * has been added to a widget hierarchy with a #GtkWindow
9375 * In general, you should only create screen specific
9376 * resources when a widget has been realized, and you should
9377 * free those resources when the widget is unrealized.
9379 * Return value: (transfer none): the #GdkScreen for the toplevel for this widget.
9384 gtk_widget_get_screen (GtkWidget *widget)
9388 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
9390 screen = gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (widget);
9397 g_warning (G_STRLOC ": Can't get associated screen"
9398 " for a widget unless it is inside a toplevel GtkWindow\n"
9399 " widget type is %s associated top level type is %s",
9400 g_type_name (G_OBJECT_TYPE(G_OBJECT (widget))),
9401 g_type_name (G_OBJECT_TYPE(G_OBJECT (toplevel))));
9403 return gdk_screen_get_default ();
9408 * gtk_widget_has_screen:
9409 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9411 * Checks whether there is a #GdkScreen is associated with
9412 * this widget. All toplevel widgets have an associated
9413 * screen, and all widgets added into a hierarchy with a toplevel
9414 * window at the top.
9416 * Return value: %TRUE if there is a #GdkScreen associcated
9422 gtk_widget_has_screen (GtkWidget *widget)
9424 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
9426 return (gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (widget) != NULL);
9430 * gtk_widget_get_display:
9431 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9433 * Get the #GdkDisplay for the toplevel window associated with
9434 * this widget. This function can only be called after the widget
9435 * has been added to a widget hierarchy with a #GtkWindow at the top.
9437 * In general, you should only create display specific
9438 * resources when a widget has been realized, and you should
9439 * free those resources when the widget is unrealized.
9441 * Return value: (transfer none): the #GdkDisplay for the toplevel for this widget.
9446 gtk_widget_get_display (GtkWidget *widget)
9448 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
9450 return gdk_screen_get_display (gtk_widget_get_screen (widget));
9454 * gtk_widget_get_root_window:
9455 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9457 * Get the root window where this widget is located. This function can
9458 * only be called after the widget has been added to a widget
9459 * hierarchy with #GtkWindow at the top.
9461 * The root window is useful for such purposes as creating a popup
9462 * #GdkWindow associated with the window. In general, you should only
9463 * create display specific resources when a widget has been realized,
9464 * and you should free those resources when the widget is unrealized.
9466 * Return value: (transfer none): the #GdkWindow root window for the toplevel for this widget.
9471 gtk_widget_get_root_window (GtkWidget *widget)
9473 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
9475 return gdk_screen_get_root_window (gtk_widget_get_screen (widget));
9479 * gtk_widget_child_focus:
9480 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9481 * @direction: direction of focus movement
9483 * This function is used by custom widget implementations; if you're
9484 * writing an app, you'd use gtk_widget_grab_focus() to move the focus
9485 * to a particular widget, and gtk_container_set_focus_chain() to
9486 * change the focus tab order. So you may want to investigate those
9487 * functions instead.
9489 * gtk_widget_child_focus() is called by containers as the user moves
9490 * around the window using keyboard shortcuts. @direction indicates
9491 * what kind of motion is taking place (up, down, left, right, tab
9492 * forward, tab backward). gtk_widget_child_focus() emits the
9493 * #GtkWidget::focus signal; widgets override the default handler
9494 * for this signal in order to implement appropriate focus behavior.
9496 * The default ::focus handler for a widget should return %TRUE if
9497 * moving in @direction left the focus on a focusable location inside
9498 * that widget, and %FALSE if moving in @direction moved the focus
9499 * outside the widget. If returning %TRUE, widgets normally
9500 * call gtk_widget_grab_focus() to place the focus accordingly;
9501 * if returning %FALSE, they don't modify the current focus location.
9503 * Return value: %TRUE if focus ended up inside @widget
9506 gtk_widget_child_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
9507 GtkDirectionType direction)
9509 gboolean return_val;
9511 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
9513 if (!gtk_widget_get_visible (widget) ||
9514 !gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget))
9517 /* child widgets must set CAN_FOCUS, containers
9518 * don't have to though.
9520 if (!GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget) &&
9521 !gtk_widget_get_can_focus (widget))
9524 g_signal_emit (widget,
9525 widget_signals[FOCUS],
9527 direction, &return_val);
9533 * gtk_widget_keynav_failed:
9534 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9535 * @direction: direction of focus movement
9537 * This function should be called whenever keyboard navigation within
9538 * a single widget hits a boundary. The function emits the
9539 * #GtkWidget::keynav-failed signal on the widget and its return
9540 * value should be interpreted in a way similar to the return value of
9541 * gtk_widget_child_focus():
9543 * When %TRUE is returned, stay in the widget, the failed keyboard
9544 * navigation is Ok and/or there is nowhere we can/should move the
9547 * When %FALSE is returned, the caller should continue with keyboard
9548 * navigation outside the widget, e.g. by calling
9549 * gtk_widget_child_focus() on the widget's toplevel.
9551 * The default ::keynav-failed handler returns %TRUE for
9552 * %GTK_DIR_TAB_FORWARD and %GTK_DIR_TAB_BACKWARD. For the other
9553 * values of #GtkDirectionType, it looks at the
9554 * #GtkSettings:gtk-keynav-cursor-only setting and returns %FALSE
9555 * if the setting is %TRUE. This way the entire user interface
9556 * becomes cursor-navigatable on input devices such as mobile phones
9557 * which only have cursor keys but no tab key.
9559 * Whenever the default handler returns %TRUE, it also calls
9560 * gtk_widget_error_bell() to notify the user of the failed keyboard
9563 * A use case for providing an own implementation of ::keynav-failed
9564 * (either by connecting to it or by overriding it) would be a row of
9565 * #GtkEntry widgets where the user should be able to navigate the
9566 * entire row with the cursor keys, as e.g. known from user interfaces
9567 * that require entering license keys.
9569 * Return value: %TRUE if stopping keyboard navigation is fine, %FALSE
9570 * if the emitting widget should try to handle the keyboard
9571 * navigation attempt in its parent container(s).
9576 gtk_widget_keynav_failed (GtkWidget *widget,
9577 GtkDirectionType direction)
9579 gboolean return_val;
9581 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
9583 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[KEYNAV_FAILED], 0,
9584 direction, &return_val);
9590 * gtk_widget_error_bell:
9591 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9593 * Notifies the user about an input-related error on this widget.
9594 * If the #GtkSettings:gtk-error-bell setting is %TRUE, it calls
9595 * gdk_window_beep(), otherwise it does nothing.
9597 * Note that the effect of gdk_window_beep() can be configured in many
9598 * ways, depending on the windowing backend and the desktop environment
9599 * or window manager that is used.
9604 gtk_widget_error_bell (GtkWidget *widget)
9606 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
9607 GtkSettings* settings;
9610 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
9612 priv = widget->priv;
9614 settings = gtk_widget_get_settings (widget);
9618 g_object_get (settings,
9619 "gtk-error-bell", &beep,
9622 if (beep && priv->window)
9623 gdk_window_beep (priv->window);
9627 gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
9630 GtkQueueResizeFlags flags)
9632 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
9633 gboolean changed = FALSE;
9635 g_object_freeze_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
9637 aux_info = _gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, TRUE);
9639 if (width > -2 && aux_info->width != width)
9641 if ((flags & GTK_QUEUE_RESIZE_INVALIDATE_ONLY) == 0)
9642 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "width-request");
9643 aux_info->width = width;
9646 if (height > -2 && aux_info->height != height)
9648 if ((flags & GTK_QUEUE_RESIZE_INVALIDATE_ONLY) == 0)
9649 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "height-request");
9650 aux_info->height = height;
9654 if (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget) && changed)
9656 if ((flags & GTK_QUEUE_RESIZE_INVALIDATE_ONLY) == 0)
9657 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
9659 _gtk_size_group_queue_resize (widget, GTK_QUEUE_RESIZE_INVALIDATE_ONLY);
9662 g_object_thaw_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
9666 * gtk_widget_set_size_request:
9667 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9668 * @width: width @widget should request, or -1 to unset
9669 * @height: height @widget should request, or -1 to unset
9671 * Sets the minimum size of a widget; that is, the widget's size
9672 * request will be @width by @height. You can use this function to
9673 * force a widget to be either larger or smaller than it normally
9676 * In most cases, gtk_window_set_default_size() is a better choice for
9677 * toplevel windows than this function; setting the default size will
9678 * still allow users to shrink the window. Setting the size request
9679 * will force them to leave the window at least as large as the size
9680 * request. When dealing with window sizes,
9681 * gtk_window_set_geometry_hints() can be a useful function as well.
9683 * Note the inherent danger of setting any fixed size - themes,
9684 * translations into other languages, different fonts, and user action
9685 * can all change the appropriate size for a given widget. So, it's
9686 * basically impossible to hardcode a size that will always be
9689 * The size request of a widget is the smallest size a widget can
9690 * accept while still functioning well and drawing itself correctly.
9691 * However in some strange cases a widget may be allocated less than
9692 * its requested size, and in many cases a widget may be allocated more
9693 * space than it requested.
9695 * If the size request in a given direction is -1 (unset), then
9696 * the "natural" size request of the widget will be used instead.
9698 * Widgets can't actually be allocated a size less than 1 by 1, but
9699 * you can pass 0,0 to this function to mean "as small as possible."
9701 * The size request set here does not include any margin from the
9702 * #GtkWidget properties margin-left, margin-right, margin-top, and
9703 * margin-bottom, but it does include pretty much all other padding
9704 * or border properties set by any subclass of #GtkWidget.
9707 gtk_widget_set_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
9711 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
9712 g_return_if_fail (width >= -1);
9713 g_return_if_fail (height >= -1);
9720 gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (widget, width, height, 0);
9725 * gtk_widget_get_size_request:
9726 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9727 * @width: (out) (allow-none): return location for width, or %NULL
9728 * @height: (out) (allow-none): return location for height, or %NULL
9730 * Gets the size request that was explicitly set for the widget using
9731 * gtk_widget_set_size_request(). A value of -1 stored in @width or
9732 * @height indicates that that dimension has not been set explicitly
9733 * and the natural requisition of the widget will be used intead. See
9734 * gtk_widget_set_size_request(). To get the size a widget will
9735 * actually request, call gtk_widget_get_preferred_size() instead of
9739 gtk_widget_get_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
9743 const GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
9745 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
9747 aux_info = _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (widget);
9750 *width = aux_info->width;
9753 *height = aux_info->height;
9757 * _gtk_widget_override_size_request:
9758 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9759 * @width: new forced minimum width
9760 * @height: new forced minimum height
9761 * @old_width: location to store previous forced minimum width
9762 * @old_width: location to store previous forced minumum height
9764 * Temporarily establishes a forced minimum size for a widget; this
9765 * is used by GtkWindow when calculating the size to add to the
9766 * window's geometry widget. Cached sizes for the widget and its
9767 * parents are invalidated, so that subsequent calls to the size
9768 * negotiation machinery produce the overriden result, but the
9769 * widget is not queued for relayout or redraw. The old size must
9770 * be restored with _gtk_widget_restore_size_request() or things
9774 _gtk_widget_override_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
9780 gtk_widget_get_size_request (widget, old_width, old_height);
9781 gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (widget, width, height,
9782 GTK_QUEUE_RESIZE_INVALIDATE_ONLY);
9786 * _gtk_widget_restore_size_request:
9787 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9788 * @old_width: saved forced minimum size
9789 * @old_height: saved forced minimum size
9791 * Undoes the operation of_gtk_widget_override_size_request().
9794 _gtk_widget_restore_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
9798 gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (widget, old_width, old_height,
9799 GTK_QUEUE_RESIZE_INVALIDATE_ONLY);
9803 * gtk_widget_set_events:
9804 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9805 * @events: event mask
9807 * Sets the event mask (see #GdkEventMask) for a widget. The event
9808 * mask determines which events a widget will receive. Keep in mind
9809 * that different widgets have different default event masks, and by
9810 * changing the event mask you may disrupt a widget's functionality,
9811 * so be careful. This function must be called while a widget is
9812 * unrealized. Consider gtk_widget_add_events() for widgets that are
9813 * already realized, or if you want to preserve the existing event
9814 * mask. This function can't be used with #GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets;
9815 * to get events on those widgets, place them inside a #GtkEventBox
9816 * and receive events on the event box.
9819 gtk_widget_set_events (GtkWidget *widget,
9822 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
9823 g_return_if_fail (!gtk_widget_get_realized (widget));
9825 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask,
9826 GINT_TO_POINTER (events));
9827 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "events");
9831 * gtk_widget_set_device_events:
9832 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9833 * @device: a #GdkDevice
9834 * @events: event mask
9836 * Sets the device event mask (see #GdkEventMask) for a widget. The event
9837 * mask determines which events a widget will receive from @device. Keep
9838 * in mind that different widgets have different default event masks, and by
9839 * changing the event mask you may disrupt a widget's functionality,
9840 * so be careful. This function must be called while a widget is
9841 * unrealized. Consider gtk_widget_add_device_events() for widgets that are
9842 * already realized, or if you want to preserve the existing event
9843 * mask. This function can't be used with #GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets;
9844 * to get events on those widgets, place them inside a #GtkEventBox
9845 * and receive events on the event box.
9850 gtk_widget_set_device_events (GtkWidget *widget,
9852 GdkEventMask events)
9854 GHashTable *device_events;
9856 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
9857 g_return_if_fail (GDK_IS_DEVICE (device));
9858 g_return_if_fail (!gtk_widget_get_realized (widget));
9860 device_events = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_device_event_mask);
9862 if (G_UNLIKELY (!device_events))
9864 device_events = g_hash_table_new (NULL, NULL);
9865 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_device_event_mask, device_events,
9866 (GDestroyNotify) g_hash_table_unref);
9869 g_hash_table_insert (device_events, device, GUINT_TO_POINTER (events));
9873 * gtk_widget_enable_device:
9874 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9875 * @device: a #GdkDevice
9877 * Enables a #GdkDevice to interact with @widget and
9878 * all its children, it does so by descending through
9879 * the #GdkWindow hierarchy and enabling the same mask
9880 * that is has for core events (i.e. the one that
9881 * gdk_window_get_events() returns).
9886 gtk_widget_set_device_enabled (GtkWidget *widget,
9890 GList *enabled_devices;
9892 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
9893 g_return_if_fail (GDK_IS_DEVICE (device));
9895 enabled_devices = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_enabled_devices);
9896 enabled_devices = g_list_append (enabled_devices, device);
9898 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_enabled_devices,
9899 enabled_devices, (GDestroyNotify) g_list_free);;
9901 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
9902 gtk_widget_set_device_enabled_internal (widget, device, TRUE, enabled);
9906 gtk_widget_get_device_enabled (GtkWidget *widget,
9909 GList *enabled_devices;
9911 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
9912 g_return_val_if_fail (GDK_IS_DEVICE (device), FALSE);
9914 enabled_devices = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_enabled_devices);
9916 return g_list_find (enabled_devices, device) != NULL;
9920 gtk_widget_add_events_internal_list (GtkWidget *widget,
9927 for (l = window_list; l != NULL; l = l->next)
9929 GdkWindow *window = l->data;
9932 gdk_window_get_user_data (window, &user_data);
9933 if (user_data == widget)
9938 gdk_window_set_device_events (window, device, gdk_window_get_events (window) | events);
9940 gdk_window_set_events (window, gdk_window_get_events (window) | events);
9942 children = gdk_window_get_children (window);
9943 gtk_widget_add_events_internal_list (widget, device, events, children);
9944 g_list_free (children);
9950 gtk_widget_add_events_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
9954 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
9957 if (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
9958 window_list = gdk_window_get_children (priv->window);
9960 window_list = g_list_prepend (NULL, priv->window);
9962 gtk_widget_add_events_internal_list (widget, device, events, window_list);
9964 g_list_free (window_list);
9968 * gtk_widget_add_events:
9969 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9970 * @events: an event mask, see #GdkEventMask
9972 * Adds the events in the bitfield @events to the event mask for
9973 * @widget. See gtk_widget_set_events() for details.
9976 gtk_widget_add_events (GtkWidget *widget,
9981 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
9983 old_events = GPOINTER_TO_INT (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask));
9984 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask,
9985 GINT_TO_POINTER (old_events | events));
9987 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
9989 gtk_widget_add_events_internal (widget, NULL, events);
9990 gtk_widget_update_devices_mask (widget, FALSE);
9993 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "events");
9997 * gtk_widget_add_device_events:
9998 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9999 * @device: a #GdkDevice
10000 * @events: an event mask, see #GdkEventMask
10002 * Adds the device events in the bitfield @events to the event mask for
10003 * @widget. See gtk_widget_set_device_events() for details.
10008 gtk_widget_add_device_events (GtkWidget *widget,
10010 GdkEventMask events)
10012 GdkEventMask old_events;
10013 GHashTable *device_events;
10015 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
10016 g_return_if_fail (GDK_IS_DEVICE (device));
10018 old_events = gtk_widget_get_device_events (widget, device);
10020 device_events = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_device_event_mask);
10022 if (G_UNLIKELY (!device_events))
10024 device_events = g_hash_table_new (NULL, NULL);
10025 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_device_event_mask, device_events,
10026 (GDestroyNotify) g_hash_table_unref);
10029 g_hash_table_insert (device_events, device,
10030 GUINT_TO_POINTER (old_events | events));
10032 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
10033 gtk_widget_add_events_internal (widget, device, events);
10035 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "events");
10039 * gtk_widget_get_toplevel:
10040 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10042 * This function returns the topmost widget in the container hierarchy
10043 * @widget is a part of. If @widget has no parent widgets, it will be
10044 * returned as the topmost widget. No reference will be added to the
10045 * returned widget; it should not be unreferenced.
10047 * Note the difference in behavior vs. gtk_widget_get_ancestor();
10048 * <literal>gtk_widget_get_ancestor (widget, GTK_TYPE_WINDOW)</literal>
10050 * %NULL if @widget wasn't inside a toplevel window, and if the
10051 * window was inside a #GtkWindow-derived widget which was in turn
10052 * inside the toplevel #GtkWindow. While the second case may
10053 * seem unlikely, it actually happens when a #GtkPlug is embedded
10054 * inside a #GtkSocket within the same application.
10056 * To reliably find the toplevel #GtkWindow, use
10057 * gtk_widget_get_toplevel() and check if the %TOPLEVEL flags
10058 * is set on the result.
10060 * GtkWidget *toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
10061 * if (gtk_widget_is_toplevel (toplevel))
10063 * /* Perform action on toplevel. */
10067 * Return value: (transfer none): the topmost ancestor of @widget, or @widget itself
10068 * if there's no ancestor.
10071 gtk_widget_get_toplevel (GtkWidget *widget)
10073 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
10075 while (widget->priv->parent)
10076 widget = widget->priv->parent;
10082 * gtk_widget_get_ancestor:
10083 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10084 * @widget_type: ancestor type
10086 * Gets the first ancestor of @widget with type @widget_type. For example,
10087 * <literal>gtk_widget_get_ancestor (widget, GTK_TYPE_BOX)</literal> gets
10088 * the first #GtkBox that's an ancestor of @widget. No reference will be
10089 * added to the returned widget; it should not be unreferenced. See note
10090 * about checking for a toplevel #GtkWindow in the docs for
10091 * gtk_widget_get_toplevel().
10093 * Note that unlike gtk_widget_is_ancestor(), gtk_widget_get_ancestor()
10094 * considers @widget to be an ancestor of itself.
10096 * Return value: (transfer none): the ancestor widget, or %NULL if not found
10099 gtk_widget_get_ancestor (GtkWidget *widget,
10102 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
10104 while (widget && !g_type_is_a (G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget), widget_type))
10105 widget = widget->priv->parent;
10107 if (!(widget && g_type_is_a (G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget), widget_type)))
10114 * gtk_widget_set_visual:
10115 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10116 * @visual: visual to be used or %NULL to unset a previous one
10118 * Sets the visual that should be used for by widget and its children for
10119 * creating #GdkWindows. The visual must be on the same #GdkScreen as
10120 * returned by gdk_widget_get_screen(), so handling the
10121 * #GtkWidget::screen-changed signal is necessary.
10123 * Setting a new @visual will not cause @widget to recreate its windows,
10124 * so you should call this function before @widget is realized.
10127 gtk_widget_set_visual (GtkWidget *widget,
10130 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
10131 g_return_if_fail (visual == NULL || GDK_IS_VISUAL (visual));
10134 g_return_if_fail (gtk_widget_get_screen (widget) == gdk_visual_get_screen (visual));
10137 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
10139 g_object_ref (visual),
10144 * gtk_widget_get_visual:
10145 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10147 * Gets the visual that will be used to render @widget.
10149 * Return value: (transfer none): the visual for @widget
10152 gtk_widget_get_visual (GtkWidget *widget)
10158 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
10160 if (gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget) &&
10161 widget->priv->window)
10162 return gdk_window_get_visual (widget->priv->window);
10164 screen = gtk_widget_get_screen (widget);
10166 for (w = widget; w != NULL; w = w->priv->parent)
10168 visual = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (w), quark_visual);
10171 if (gdk_visual_get_screen (visual) == screen)
10174 g_warning ("Ignoring visual set on widget `%s' that is not on the correct screen.",
10175 gtk_widget_get_name (widget));
10179 return gdk_screen_get_system_visual (screen);
10183 * gtk_widget_get_settings:
10184 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10186 * Gets the settings object holding the settings (global property
10187 * settings, RC file information, etc) used for this widget.
10189 * Note that this function can only be called when the #GtkWidget
10190 * is attached to a toplevel, since the settings object is specific
10191 * to a particular #GdkScreen.
10193 * Return value: (transfer none): the relevant #GtkSettings object
10196 gtk_widget_get_settings (GtkWidget *widget)
10198 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
10200 return gtk_settings_get_for_screen (gtk_widget_get_screen (widget));
10204 * gtk_widget_get_events:
10205 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10207 * Returns the event mask for the widget (a bitfield containing flags
10208 * from the #GdkEventMask enumeration). These are the events that the widget
10211 * Return value: event mask for @widget
10214 gtk_widget_get_events (GtkWidget *widget)
10216 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
10218 return GPOINTER_TO_INT (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask));
10222 * gtk_widget_get_device_events:
10223 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10224 * @device: a #GdkDevice
10226 * Returns the events mask for the widget corresponding to an specific device. These
10227 * are the events that the widget will receive when @device operates on it.
10229 * Returns: device event mask for @widget
10234 gtk_widget_get_device_events (GtkWidget *widget,
10237 GHashTable *device_events;
10239 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
10240 g_return_val_if_fail (GDK_IS_DEVICE (device), 0);
10242 device_events = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_device_event_mask);
10244 if (!device_events)
10247 return GPOINTER_TO_UINT (g_hash_table_lookup (device_events, device));
10251 * gtk_widget_get_pointer:
10252 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10253 * @x: (out) (allow-none): return location for the X coordinate, or %NULL
10254 * @y: (out) (allow-none): return location for the Y coordinate, or %NULL
10256 * Obtains the location of the mouse pointer in widget coordinates.
10257 * Widget coordinates are a bit odd; for historical reasons, they are
10258 * defined as @widget->window coordinates for widgets that are not
10259 * #GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets, and are relative to @widget->allocation.x,
10260 * @widget->allocation.y for widgets that are #GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets.
10263 gtk_widget_get_pointer (GtkWidget *widget,
10267 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
10269 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
10271 priv = widget->priv;
10278 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
10280 gdk_window_get_pointer (priv->window, x, y, NULL);
10282 if (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
10285 *x -= priv->allocation.x;
10287 *y -= priv->allocation.y;
10293 * gtk_widget_is_ancestor:
10294 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10295 * @ancestor: another #GtkWidget
10297 * Determines whether @widget is somewhere inside @ancestor, possibly with
10298 * intermediate containers.
10300 * Return value: %TRUE if @ancestor contains @widget as a child,
10301 * grandchild, great grandchild, etc.
10304 gtk_widget_is_ancestor (GtkWidget *widget,
10305 GtkWidget *ancestor)
10307 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
10308 g_return_val_if_fail (ancestor != NULL, FALSE);
10312 if (widget->priv->parent == ancestor)
10314 widget = widget->priv->parent;
10320 static GQuark quark_composite_name = 0;
10323 * gtk_widget_set_composite_name:
10324 * @widget: a #GtkWidget.
10325 * @name: the name to set
10327 * Sets a widgets composite name. The widget must be
10328 * a composite child of its parent; see gtk_widget_push_composite_child().
10331 gtk_widget_set_composite_name (GtkWidget *widget,
10334 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
10335 g_return_if_fail (widget->priv->composite_child);
10336 g_return_if_fail (name != NULL);
10338 if (!quark_composite_name)
10339 quark_composite_name = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-composite-name");
10341 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
10342 quark_composite_name,
10348 * gtk_widget_get_composite_name:
10349 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10351 * Obtains the composite name of a widget.
10353 * Returns: the composite name of @widget, or %NULL if @widget is not
10354 * a composite child. The string should be freed when it is no
10358 gtk_widget_get_composite_name (GtkWidget *widget)
10360 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
10362 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
10364 priv = widget->priv;
10366 if (widget->priv->composite_child && priv->parent)
10367 return _gtk_container_child_composite_name (GTK_CONTAINER (priv->parent),
10374 * gtk_widget_push_composite_child:
10376 * Makes all newly-created widgets as composite children until
10377 * the corresponding gtk_widget_pop_composite_child() call.
10379 * A composite child is a child that's an implementation detail of the
10380 * container it's inside and should not be visible to people using the
10381 * container. Composite children aren't treated differently by GTK (but
10382 * see gtk_container_foreach() vs. gtk_container_forall()), but e.g. GUI
10383 * builders might want to treat them in a different way.
10385 * Here is a simple example:
10387 * gtk_widget_push_composite_child ();
10388 * scrolled_window->hscrollbar = gtk_scrollbar_new (GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL, hadjustment);
10389 * gtk_widget_set_composite_name (scrolled_window->hscrollbar, "hscrollbar");
10390 * gtk_widget_pop_composite_child ();
10391 * gtk_widget_set_parent (scrolled_window->hscrollbar,
10392 * GTK_WIDGET (scrolled_window));
10393 * g_object_ref (scrolled_window->hscrollbar);
10397 gtk_widget_push_composite_child (void)
10399 composite_child_stack++;
10403 * gtk_widget_pop_composite_child:
10405 * Cancels the effect of a previous call to gtk_widget_push_composite_child().
10408 gtk_widget_pop_composite_child (void)
10410 if (composite_child_stack)
10411 composite_child_stack--;
10415 gtk_widget_emit_direction_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
10416 GtkTextDirection old_dir)
10418 gtk_widget_update_pango_context (widget);
10420 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[DIRECTION_CHANGED], 0, old_dir);
10424 * gtk_widget_set_direction:
10425 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10426 * @dir: the new direction
10428 * Sets the reading direction on a particular widget. This direction
10429 * controls the primary direction for widgets containing text,
10430 * and also the direction in which the children of a container are
10431 * packed. The ability to set the direction is present in order
10432 * so that correct localization into languages with right-to-left
10433 * reading directions can be done. Generally, applications will
10434 * let the default reading direction present, except for containers
10435 * where the containers are arranged in an order that is explicitely
10436 * visual rather than logical (such as buttons for text justification).
10438 * If the direction is set to %GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE, then the value
10439 * set by gtk_widget_set_default_direction() will be used.
10442 gtk_widget_set_direction (GtkWidget *widget,
10443 GtkTextDirection dir)
10445 GtkTextDirection old_dir;
10447 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
10448 g_return_if_fail (dir >= GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE && dir <= GTK_TEXT_DIR_RTL);
10450 old_dir = gtk_widget_get_direction (widget);
10452 widget->priv->direction = dir;
10454 if (old_dir != gtk_widget_get_direction (widget))
10456 if (widget->priv->context)
10457 gtk_style_context_set_direction (widget->priv->context,
10458 gtk_widget_get_direction (widget));
10460 gtk_widget_emit_direction_changed (widget, old_dir);
10465 * gtk_widget_get_direction:
10466 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10468 * Gets the reading direction for a particular widget. See
10469 * gtk_widget_set_direction().
10471 * Return value: the reading direction for the widget.
10474 gtk_widget_get_direction (GtkWidget *widget)
10476 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR);
10478 if (widget->priv->direction == GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE)
10479 return gtk_default_direction;
10481 return widget->priv->direction;
10485 gtk_widget_set_default_direction_recurse (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data)
10487 GtkTextDirection old_dir = GPOINTER_TO_UINT (data);
10489 g_object_ref (widget);
10491 if (widget->priv->direction == GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE)
10492 gtk_widget_emit_direction_changed (widget, old_dir);
10494 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
10495 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
10496 gtk_widget_set_default_direction_recurse,
10499 g_object_unref (widget);
10503 * gtk_widget_set_default_direction:
10504 * @dir: the new default direction. This cannot be
10505 * %GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE.
10507 * Sets the default reading direction for widgets where the
10508 * direction has not been explicitly set by gtk_widget_set_direction().
10511 gtk_widget_set_default_direction (GtkTextDirection dir)
10513 g_return_if_fail (dir == GTK_TEXT_DIR_RTL || dir == GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR);
10515 if (dir != gtk_default_direction)
10517 GList *toplevels, *tmp_list;
10518 GtkTextDirection old_dir = gtk_default_direction;
10520 gtk_default_direction = dir;
10522 tmp_list = toplevels = gtk_window_list_toplevels ();
10523 g_list_foreach (toplevels, (GFunc)g_object_ref, NULL);
10527 gtk_widget_set_default_direction_recurse (tmp_list->data,
10528 GUINT_TO_POINTER (old_dir));
10529 g_object_unref (tmp_list->data);
10530 tmp_list = tmp_list->next;
10533 g_list_free (toplevels);
10538 * gtk_widget_get_default_direction:
10540 * Obtains the current default reading direction. See
10541 * gtk_widget_set_default_direction().
10543 * Return value: the current default direction.
10546 gtk_widget_get_default_direction (void)
10548 return gtk_default_direction;
10552 gtk_widget_dispose (GObject *object)
10554 GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
10555 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
10558 gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (priv->parent), widget);
10559 else if (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
10560 gtk_widget_hide (widget);
10562 priv->visible = FALSE;
10563 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
10564 gtk_widget_unrealize (widget);
10566 if (!priv->in_destruction)
10568 priv->in_destruction = TRUE;
10569 g_signal_emit (object, widget_signals[DESTROY], 0);
10570 priv->in_destruction = FALSE;
10573 G_OBJECT_CLASS (gtk_widget_parent_class)->dispose (object);
10577 gtk_widget_real_destroy (GtkWidget *object)
10579 /* gtk_object_destroy() will already hold a refcount on object */
10580 GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
10581 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
10583 /* wipe accelerator closures (keep order) */
10584 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_path, NULL);
10585 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_closures, NULL);
10587 /* Callers of add_mnemonic_label() should disconnect on ::destroy */
10588 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels, NULL);
10590 gtk_grab_remove (widget);
10592 g_object_unref (priv->style);
10593 priv->style = gtk_widget_get_default_style ();
10594 g_object_ref (priv->style);
10598 gtk_widget_finalize (GObject *object)
10600 GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
10601 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
10602 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
10603 GtkAccessible *accessible;
10605 gtk_grab_remove (widget);
10607 g_object_unref (priv->style);
10608 priv->style = NULL;
10610 g_free (priv->name);
10612 aux_info =_gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, FALSE);
10614 gtk_widget_aux_info_destroy (aux_info);
10616 accessible = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accessible_object);
10618 g_object_unref (accessible);
10621 gtk_widget_path_free (priv->path);
10624 g_object_unref (priv->context);
10626 if (g_object_is_floating (object))
10627 g_warning ("A floating object was finalized. This means that someone\n"
10628 "called g_object_unref() on an object that had only a floating\n"
10629 "reference; the initial floating reference is not owned by anyone\n"
10630 "and must be removed with g_object_ref_sink().");
10632 G_OBJECT_CLASS (gtk_widget_parent_class)->finalize (object);
10635 /*****************************************
10636 * gtk_widget_real_map:
10641 *****************************************/
10644 gtk_widget_real_map (GtkWidget *widget)
10646 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
10648 g_assert (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget));
10650 if (!gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
10652 gtk_widget_set_mapped (widget, TRUE);
10654 if (gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
10655 gdk_window_show (priv->window);
10659 /*****************************************
10660 * gtk_widget_real_unmap:
10665 *****************************************/
10668 gtk_widget_real_unmap (GtkWidget *widget)
10670 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
10672 if (gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
10674 gtk_widget_set_mapped (widget, FALSE);
10676 if (gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
10677 gdk_window_hide (priv->window);
10681 /*****************************************
10682 * gtk_widget_real_realize:
10687 *****************************************/
10690 gtk_widget_real_realize (GtkWidget *widget)
10692 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
10694 g_assert (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget));
10696 gtk_widget_set_realized (widget, TRUE);
10699 priv->window = gtk_widget_get_parent_window (widget);
10700 g_object_ref (priv->window);
10702 priv->style = gtk_style_attach (priv->style, priv->window);
10705 /*****************************************
10706 * gtk_widget_real_unrealize:
10711 *****************************************/
10714 gtk_widget_real_unrealize (GtkWidget *widget)
10716 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
10718 g_assert (!widget->priv->mapped);
10720 /* printf ("unrealizing %s\n", g_type_name (G_TYPE_FROM_INSTANCE (widget)));
10723 /* We must do unrealize child widget BEFORE container widget.
10724 * gdk_window_destroy() destroys specified xwindow and its sub-xwindows.
10725 * So, unrealizing container widget bofore its children causes the problem
10726 * (for example, gdk_ic_destroy () with destroyed window causes crash. )
10729 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
10730 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
10731 (GtkCallback) gtk_widget_unrealize,
10734 gtk_style_detach (priv->style);
10735 if (gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
10737 gdk_window_set_user_data (priv->window, NULL);
10738 gdk_window_destroy (priv->window);
10739 priv->window = NULL;
10743 g_object_unref (priv->window);
10744 priv->window = NULL;
10747 gtk_selection_remove_all (widget);
10749 gtk_widget_set_realized (widget, FALSE);
10753 gtk_widget_real_adjust_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
10754 GtkOrientation orientation,
10755 gint *minimum_size,
10756 gint *natural_size)
10758 const GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
10760 aux_info =_gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (widget);
10762 if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL &&
10763 aux_info->width > 0)
10765 *minimum_size = MAX (*minimum_size, aux_info->width);
10767 else if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL &&
10768 aux_info->height > 0)
10770 *minimum_size = MAX (*minimum_size, aux_info->height);
10773 /* Fix it if set_size_request made natural size smaller than min size.
10774 * This would also silently fix broken widgets, but we warn about them
10775 * in gtksizerequest.c when calling their size request vfuncs.
10777 *natural_size = MAX (*natural_size, *minimum_size);
10779 if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL)
10781 *minimum_size += (aux_info->margin.left + aux_info->margin.right);
10782 *natural_size += (aux_info->margin.left + aux_info->margin.right);
10786 *minimum_size += (aux_info->margin.top + aux_info->margin.bottom);
10787 *natural_size += (aux_info->margin.top + aux_info->margin.bottom);
10792 * _gtk_widget_peek_request_cache:
10794 * Returns the address of the widget's request cache (strictly for
10795 * internal use in gtksizerequest.c)
10797 * Return value: the address of @widget's size request cache.
10800 _gtk_widget_peek_request_cache (GtkWidget *widget)
10802 /* Don't bother slowing things down with the return_if_fail guards here */
10803 return &widget->priv->requests;
10807 * _gtk_widget_set_device_window:
10808 * @widget: a #GtkWidget.
10809 * @device: a #GdkDevice.
10810 * @window: the new device window.
10812 * Sets pointer window for @widget and @device. Does not ref @window.
10813 * Actually stores it on the #GdkScreen, but you don't need to know that.
10816 _gtk_widget_set_device_window (GtkWidget *widget,
10820 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
10822 GHashTable *device_window;
10824 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
10825 g_return_if_fail (GDK_IS_DEVICE (device));
10826 g_return_if_fail (!window || GDK_IS_WINDOW (window));
10828 priv = widget->priv;
10830 if (!gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
10833 screen = gdk_window_get_screen (priv->window);
10834 device_window = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (screen), quark_pointer_window);
10836 if (G_UNLIKELY (!device_window))
10838 device_window = g_hash_table_new (NULL, NULL);
10839 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (screen),
10840 quark_pointer_window,
10842 (GDestroyNotify) g_hash_table_destroy);
10846 g_hash_table_insert (device_window, device, window);
10848 g_hash_table_remove (device_window, device);
10852 * _gtk_widget_get_device_window:
10853 * @widget: a #GtkWidget.
10854 * @device: a #GdkDevice.
10856 * Return value: the device window set on the #GdkScreen @widget is attached
10860 _gtk_widget_get_device_window (GtkWidget *widget,
10863 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
10865 GHashTable *device_window;
10869 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
10870 g_return_val_if_fail (GDK_IS_DEVICE (device), NULL);
10872 priv = widget->priv;
10874 if (!gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
10877 screen = gdk_window_get_screen (priv->window);
10878 device_window = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (screen), quark_pointer_window);
10880 if (G_UNLIKELY (!device_window))
10883 window = g_hash_table_lookup (device_window, device);
10888 gdk_window_get_user_data (window, (gpointer *) &w);
10897 * _gtk_widget_list_devices:
10898 * @widget: a #GtkWidget.
10900 * Returns the list of #GdkDevices that is currently on top of any widget #GdkWindow.
10901 * Free the list with g_list_free(), the elements are owned by GTK+ and must not
10905 _gtk_widget_list_devices (GtkWidget *widget)
10907 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
10909 GHashTableIter iter;
10910 GHashTable *device_window;
10911 GList *devices = NULL;
10912 gpointer key, value;
10914 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
10916 priv = widget->priv;
10918 if (!gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
10921 screen = gdk_window_get_screen (priv->window);
10922 device_window = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (screen), quark_pointer_window);
10924 if (G_UNLIKELY (!device_window))
10927 g_hash_table_iter_init (&iter, device_window);
10929 while (g_hash_table_iter_next (&iter, &key, &value))
10931 GdkDevice *device = key;
10932 GdkWindow *window = value;
10937 gdk_window_get_user_data (window, (gpointer *) &w);
10940 devices = g_list_prepend (devices, device);
10948 synth_crossing (GtkWidget *widget,
10952 GdkCrossingMode mode,
10953 GdkNotifyType detail)
10957 event = gdk_event_new (type);
10959 event->crossing.window = g_object_ref (window);
10960 event->crossing.send_event = TRUE;
10961 event->crossing.subwindow = g_object_ref (window);
10962 event->crossing.time = GDK_CURRENT_TIME;
10963 event->crossing.x = event->crossing.y = 0;
10964 event->crossing.x_root = event->crossing.y_root = 0;
10965 event->crossing.mode = mode;
10966 event->crossing.detail = detail;
10967 event->crossing.focus = FALSE;
10968 event->crossing.state = 0;
10969 gdk_event_set_device (event, device);
10972 widget = gtk_get_event_widget (event);
10975 gtk_widget_event_internal (widget, event);
10977 gdk_event_free (event);
10981 * _gtk_widget_synthesize_crossing:
10982 * @from: the #GtkWidget the virtual pointer is leaving.
10983 * @to: the #GtkWidget the virtual pointer is moving to.
10984 * @mode: the #GdkCrossingMode to place on the synthesized events.
10986 * Generate crossing event(s) on widget state (sensitivity) or GTK+ grab change.
10988 * The real pointer window is the window that most recently received an enter notify
10989 * event. Windows that don't select for crossing events can't become the real
10990 * poiner window. The real pointer widget that owns the real pointer window. The
10991 * effective pointer window is the same as the real pointer window unless the real
10992 * pointer widget is either insensitive or there is a grab on a widget that is not
10993 * an ancestor of the real pointer widget (in which case the effective pointer
10994 * window should be the root window).
10996 * When the effective pointer window is the same as the real poiner window, we
10997 * receive crossing events from the windowing system. When the effective pointer
10998 * window changes to become different from the real pointer window we synthesize
10999 * crossing events, attempting to follow X protocol rules:
11001 * When the root window becomes the effective pointer window:
11002 * - leave notify on real pointer window, detail Ancestor
11003 * - leave notify on all of its ancestors, detail Virtual
11004 * - enter notify on root window, detail Inferior
11006 * When the root window ceases to be the effective pointer window:
11007 * - leave notify on root window, detail Inferior
11008 * - enter notify on all ancestors of real pointer window, detail Virtual
11009 * - enter notify on real pointer window, detail Ancestor
11012 _gtk_widget_synthesize_crossing (GtkWidget *from,
11015 GdkCrossingMode mode)
11017 GdkWindow *from_window = NULL, *to_window = NULL;
11019 g_return_if_fail (from != NULL || to != NULL);
11023 from_window = _gtk_widget_get_device_window (from, device);
11026 from_window = from->priv->window;
11031 to_window = _gtk_widget_get_device_window (to, device);
11034 to_window = to->priv->window;
11037 if (from_window == NULL && to_window == NULL)
11039 else if (from_window != NULL && to_window == NULL)
11041 GList *from_ancestors = NULL, *list;
11042 GdkWindow *from_ancestor = from_window;
11044 while (from_ancestor != NULL)
11046 from_ancestor = gdk_window_get_effective_parent (from_ancestor);
11047 if (from_ancestor == NULL)
11049 from_ancestors = g_list_prepend (from_ancestors, from_ancestor);
11052 synth_crossing (from, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, from_window,
11053 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_ANCESTOR);
11054 for (list = g_list_last (from_ancestors); list; list = list->prev)
11056 synth_crossing (NULL, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, (GdkWindow *) list->data,
11057 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_VIRTUAL);
11060 /* XXX: enter/inferior on root window? */
11062 g_list_free (from_ancestors);
11064 else if (from_window == NULL && to_window != NULL)
11066 GList *to_ancestors = NULL, *list;
11067 GdkWindow *to_ancestor = to_window;
11069 while (to_ancestor != NULL)
11071 to_ancestor = gdk_window_get_effective_parent (to_ancestor);
11072 if (to_ancestor == NULL)
11074 to_ancestors = g_list_prepend (to_ancestors, to_ancestor);
11077 /* XXX: leave/inferior on root window? */
11079 for (list = to_ancestors; list; list = list->next)
11081 synth_crossing (NULL, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, (GdkWindow *) list->data,
11082 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_VIRTUAL);
11084 synth_crossing (to, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, to_window,
11085 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_ANCESTOR);
11087 g_list_free (to_ancestors);
11089 else if (from_window == to_window)
11093 GList *from_ancestors = NULL, *to_ancestors = NULL, *list;
11094 GdkWindow *from_ancestor = from_window, *to_ancestor = to_window;
11096 while (from_ancestor != NULL || to_ancestor != NULL)
11098 if (from_ancestor != NULL)
11100 from_ancestor = gdk_window_get_effective_parent (from_ancestor);
11101 if (from_ancestor == to_window)
11104 from_ancestors = g_list_prepend (from_ancestors, from_ancestor);
11106 if (to_ancestor != NULL)
11108 to_ancestor = gdk_window_get_effective_parent (to_ancestor);
11109 if (to_ancestor == from_window)
11112 to_ancestors = g_list_prepend (to_ancestors, to_ancestor);
11115 if (to_ancestor == from_window)
11117 if (mode != GDK_CROSSING_GTK_UNGRAB)
11118 synth_crossing (from, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, from_window,
11119 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_INFERIOR);
11120 for (list = to_ancestors; list; list = list->next)
11121 synth_crossing (NULL, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, (GdkWindow *) list->data,
11122 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_VIRTUAL);
11123 synth_crossing (to, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, to_window,
11124 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_ANCESTOR);
11126 else if (from_ancestor == to_window)
11128 synth_crossing (from, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, from_window,
11129 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_ANCESTOR);
11130 for (list = g_list_last (from_ancestors); list; list = list->prev)
11132 synth_crossing (NULL, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, (GdkWindow *) list->data,
11133 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_VIRTUAL);
11135 if (mode != GDK_CROSSING_GTK_GRAB)
11136 synth_crossing (to, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, to_window,
11137 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_INFERIOR);
11141 while (from_ancestors != NULL && to_ancestors != NULL
11142 && from_ancestors->data == to_ancestors->data)
11144 from_ancestors = g_list_delete_link (from_ancestors,
11146 to_ancestors = g_list_delete_link (to_ancestors, to_ancestors);
11149 synth_crossing (from, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, from_window,
11150 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_NONLINEAR);
11152 for (list = g_list_last (from_ancestors); list; list = list->prev)
11154 synth_crossing (NULL, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, (GdkWindow *) list->data,
11155 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_NONLINEAR_VIRTUAL);
11157 for (list = to_ancestors; list; list = list->next)
11159 synth_crossing (NULL, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, (GdkWindow *) list->data,
11160 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_NONLINEAR_VIRTUAL);
11162 synth_crossing (to, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, to_window,
11163 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_NONLINEAR);
11165 g_list_free (from_ancestors);
11166 g_list_free (to_ancestors);
11171 gtk_widget_propagate_state (GtkWidget *widget,
11172 GtkStateData *data)
11174 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
11175 GtkStateFlags new_flags, old_flags = priv->state_flags;
11176 GtkStateType old_state;
11178 old_state = gtk_widget_get_state (widget);
11180 if (!priv->parent_sensitive)
11181 old_flags |= GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE;
11183 priv->parent_sensitive = data->parent_sensitive;
11185 switch (data->operation)
11187 case STATE_CHANGE_REPLACE:
11188 priv->state_flags = data->flags;
11190 case STATE_CHANGE_SET:
11191 priv->state_flags |= data->flags;
11193 case STATE_CHANGE_UNSET:
11194 priv->state_flags &= ~(data->flags);
11198 if (gtk_widget_is_focus (widget) && !gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget))
11202 window = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
11204 if (window && gtk_widget_is_toplevel (window))
11205 gtk_window_set_focus (GTK_WINDOW (window), NULL);
11208 new_flags = gtk_widget_get_state_flags (widget);
11210 if (old_flags != new_flags)
11212 g_object_ref (widget);
11214 if (!gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget) && gtk_widget_has_grab (widget))
11215 gtk_grab_remove (widget);
11217 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[STATE_CHANGED], 0, old_state);
11218 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[STATE_FLAGS_CHANGED], 0, old_flags);
11220 if (!priv->shadowed)
11222 GList *event_windows = NULL;
11223 GList *devices, *d;
11225 devices = _gtk_widget_list_devices (widget);
11227 for (d = devices; d; d = d->next)
11233 window = _gtk_widget_get_device_window (widget, device);
11235 /* Do not propagate more than once to the
11236 * same window if non-multidevice aware.
11238 if (!gdk_window_get_support_multidevice (window) &&
11239 g_list_find (event_windows, window))
11242 if (!gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget))
11243 _gtk_widget_synthesize_crossing (widget, NULL, d->data,
11244 GDK_CROSSING_STATE_CHANGED);
11245 else if (old_flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE)
11246 _gtk_widget_synthesize_crossing (NULL, widget, d->data,
11247 GDK_CROSSING_STATE_CHANGED);
11249 event_windows = g_list_prepend (event_windows, window);
11252 g_list_free (event_windows);
11253 g_list_free (devices);
11256 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
11258 data->parent_sensitive = gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget);
11260 /* Do not propagate insensitive state further */
11261 data->flags &= ~(GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE | GTK_STATE_FLAG_FOCUSED);
11263 if (data->use_forall)
11264 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
11265 (GtkCallback) gtk_widget_propagate_state,
11268 gtk_container_foreach (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
11269 (GtkCallback) gtk_widget_propagate_state,
11273 /* Trigger state change transitions for the widget */
11274 if (priv->context &&
11275 gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
11277 gint diff, flag = 1;
11280 diff = old_flags ^ new_flags;
11281 window = gtk_widget_get_window (widget);
11285 if ((diff & flag) != 0)
11289 target = ((new_flags & flag) != 0);
11290 _gtk_widget_notify_state_change (widget, flag, target);
11299 g_object_unref (widget);
11303 static const GtkWidgetAuxInfo default_aux_info = {
11311 * _gtk_widget_get_aux_info:
11312 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
11313 * @create: if %TRUE, create the structure if it doesn't exist
11315 * Get the #GtkWidgetAuxInfo structure for the widget.
11317 * Return value: the #GtkAuxInfo structure for the widget, or
11318 * %NULL if @create is %FALSE and one doesn't already exist.
11321 _gtk_widget_get_aux_info (GtkWidget *widget,
11324 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
11326 aux_info = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_aux_info);
11327 if (!aux_info && create)
11329 aux_info = g_slice_new0 (GtkWidgetAuxInfo);
11331 *aux_info = default_aux_info;
11333 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_aux_info, aux_info);
11339 static const GtkWidgetAuxInfo*
11340 _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (GtkWidget *widget)
11342 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
11344 aux_info = _gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, FALSE);
11345 if (aux_info == NULL)
11347 return &default_aux_info;
11355 /*****************************************
11356 * gtk_widget_aux_info_destroy:
11361 *****************************************/
11364 gtk_widget_aux_info_destroy (GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info)
11366 g_slice_free (GtkWidgetAuxInfo, aux_info);
11370 * gtk_widget_shape_combine_region:
11371 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
11372 * @region: (allow-none): shape to be added, or %NULL to remove an existing shape
11374 * Sets a shape for this widget's GDK window. This allows for
11375 * transparent windows etc., see gdk_window_shape_combine_region()
11376 * for more information.
11381 gtk_widget_shape_combine_region (GtkWidget *widget,
11382 cairo_region_t *region)
11384 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
11386 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
11387 /* set_shape doesn't work on widgets without gdk window */
11388 g_return_if_fail (gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget));
11390 priv = widget->priv;
11392 if (region == NULL)
11394 priv->has_shape_mask = FALSE;
11397 gdk_window_shape_combine_region (priv->window, NULL, 0, 0);
11399 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_shape_info, NULL);
11403 priv->has_shape_mask = TRUE;
11405 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_shape_info,
11406 cairo_region_copy (region),
11407 (GDestroyNotify) cairo_region_destroy);
11409 /* set shape if widget has a gdk window already.
11410 * otherwise the shape is scheduled to be set by gtk_widget_realize().
11413 gdk_window_shape_combine_region (priv->window, region, 0, 0);
11418 * gtk_widget_input_shape_combine_region:
11419 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
11420 * @region: (allow-none): shape to be added, or %NULL to remove an existing shape
11422 * Sets an input shape for this widget's GDK window. This allows for
11423 * windows which react to mouse click in a nonrectangular region, see
11424 * gdk_window_input_shape_combine_region() for more information.
11429 gtk_widget_input_shape_combine_region (GtkWidget *widget,
11430 cairo_region_t *region)
11432 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
11434 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
11435 /* set_shape doesn't work on widgets without gdk window */
11436 g_return_if_fail (gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget));
11438 priv = widget->priv;
11440 if (region == NULL)
11443 gdk_window_input_shape_combine_region (priv->window, NULL, 0, 0);
11445 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_input_shape_info, NULL);
11449 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_input_shape_info,
11450 cairo_region_copy (region),
11451 (GDestroyNotify) cairo_region_destroy);
11453 /* set shape if widget has a gdk window already.
11454 * otherwise the shape is scheduled to be set by gtk_widget_realize().
11457 gdk_window_input_shape_combine_region (priv->window, region, 0, 0);
11462 /* style properties
11466 * gtk_widget_class_install_style_property_parser: (skip)
11467 * @klass: a #GtkWidgetClass
11468 * @pspec: the #GParamSpec for the style property
11469 * @parser: the parser for the style property
11471 * Installs a style property on a widget class.
11474 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property_parser (GtkWidgetClass *klass,
11476 GtkRcPropertyParser parser)
11478 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (klass));
11479 g_return_if_fail (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC (pspec));
11480 g_return_if_fail (pspec->flags & G_PARAM_READABLE);
11481 g_return_if_fail (!(pspec->flags & (G_PARAM_CONSTRUCT_ONLY | G_PARAM_CONSTRUCT)));
11483 if (g_param_spec_pool_lookup (style_property_spec_pool, pspec->name, G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (klass), FALSE))
11485 g_warning (G_STRLOC ": class `%s' already contains a style property named `%s'",
11486 G_OBJECT_CLASS_NAME (klass),
11491 g_param_spec_ref_sink (pspec);
11492 g_param_spec_set_qdata (pspec, quark_property_parser, (gpointer) parser);
11493 g_param_spec_pool_insert (style_property_spec_pool, pspec, G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (klass));
11497 * gtk_widget_class_install_style_property:
11498 * @klass: a #GtkWidgetClass
11499 * @pspec: the #GParamSpec for the property
11501 * Installs a style property on a widget class. The parser for the
11502 * style property is determined by the value type of @pspec.
11505 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (GtkWidgetClass *klass,
11508 GtkRcPropertyParser parser;
11510 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (klass));
11511 g_return_if_fail (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC (pspec));
11513 parser = _gtk_rc_property_parser_from_type (G_PARAM_SPEC_VALUE_TYPE (pspec));
11515 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property_parser (klass, pspec, parser);
11519 * gtk_widget_class_find_style_property:
11520 * @klass: a #GtkWidgetClass
11521 * @property_name: the name of the style property to find
11522 * @returns: (transfer none): the #GParamSpec of the style property or
11523 * %NULL if @class has no style property with that name.
11525 * Finds a style property of a widget class by name.
11530 gtk_widget_class_find_style_property (GtkWidgetClass *klass,
11531 const gchar *property_name)
11533 g_return_val_if_fail (property_name != NULL, NULL);
11535 return g_param_spec_pool_lookup (style_property_spec_pool,
11537 G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (klass),
11542 * gtk_widget_class_list_style_properties:
11543 * @klass: a #GtkWidgetClass
11544 * @n_properties: location to return the number of style properties found
11545 * @returns: (array length=n_properties) (transfer container): an
11546 * newly allocated array of #GParamSpec*. The array must be
11547 * freed with g_free().
11549 * Returns all style properties of a widget class.
11554 gtk_widget_class_list_style_properties (GtkWidgetClass *klass,
11555 guint *n_properties)
11557 GParamSpec **pspecs;
11560 pspecs = g_param_spec_pool_list (style_property_spec_pool,
11561 G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (klass),
11570 * gtk_widget_style_get_property:
11571 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
11572 * @property_name: the name of a style property
11573 * @value: location to return the property value
11575 * Gets the value of a style property of @widget.
11578 gtk_widget_style_get_property (GtkWidget *widget,
11579 const gchar *property_name,
11584 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
11585 g_return_if_fail (property_name != NULL);
11586 g_return_if_fail (G_IS_VALUE (value));
11588 g_object_ref (widget);
11589 pspec = g_param_spec_pool_lookup (style_property_spec_pool,
11591 G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget),
11594 g_warning ("%s: widget class `%s' has no property named `%s'",
11596 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget),
11600 GtkStyleContext *context;
11601 const GValue *peek_value;
11602 GtkStateFlags state;
11604 context = gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget);
11605 state = gtk_widget_get_state_flags (widget);
11607 peek_value = _gtk_style_context_peek_style_property (context,
11608 G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget),
11611 /* auto-conversion of the caller's value type
11613 if (G_VALUE_TYPE (value) == G_PARAM_SPEC_VALUE_TYPE (pspec))
11614 g_value_copy (peek_value, value);
11615 else if (g_value_type_transformable (G_PARAM_SPEC_VALUE_TYPE (pspec), G_VALUE_TYPE (value)))
11616 g_value_transform (peek_value, value);
11618 g_warning ("can't retrieve style property `%s' of type `%s' as value of type `%s'",
11620 g_type_name (G_PARAM_SPEC_VALUE_TYPE (pspec)),
11621 G_VALUE_TYPE_NAME (value));
11623 g_object_unref (widget);
11627 * gtk_widget_style_get_valist:
11628 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
11629 * @first_property_name: the name of the first property to get
11630 * @var_args: a <type>va_list</type> of pairs of property names and
11631 * locations to return the property values, starting with the location
11632 * for @first_property_name.
11634 * Non-vararg variant of gtk_widget_style_get(). Used primarily by language
11638 gtk_widget_style_get_valist (GtkWidget *widget,
11639 const gchar *first_property_name,
11642 GtkStyleContext *context;
11643 GtkStateFlags state;
11646 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
11648 g_object_ref (widget);
11649 context = gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget);
11650 state = gtk_widget_get_state_flags (widget);
11652 name = first_property_name;
11655 const GValue *peek_value;
11659 pspec = g_param_spec_pool_lookup (style_property_spec_pool,
11661 G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget),
11665 g_warning ("%s: widget class `%s' has no property named `%s'",
11667 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget),
11671 /* style pspecs are always readable so we can spare that check here */
11673 peek_value = _gtk_style_context_peek_style_property (context,
11674 G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget),
11677 G_VALUE_LCOPY (peek_value, var_args, 0, &error);
11680 g_warning ("%s: %s", G_STRLOC, error);
11685 name = va_arg (var_args, gchar*);
11688 g_object_unref (widget);
11692 * gtk_widget_style_get:
11693 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
11694 * @first_property_name: the name of the first property to get
11695 * @Varargs: pairs of property names and locations to
11696 * return the property values, starting with the location for
11697 * @first_property_name, terminated by %NULL.
11699 * Gets the values of a multiple style properties of @widget.
11702 gtk_widget_style_get (GtkWidget *widget,
11703 const gchar *first_property_name,
11708 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
11710 va_start (var_args, first_property_name);
11711 gtk_widget_style_get_valist (widget, first_property_name, var_args);
11717 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
11718 * @path_length: (out) (allow-none): location to store length of the path,
11720 * @path: (out) (allow-none): location to store allocated path string,
11722 * @path_reversed: (out) (allow-none): location to store allocated reverse
11723 * path string, or %NULL
11725 * Obtains the full path to @widget. The path is simply the name of a
11726 * widget and all its parents in the container hierarchy, separated by
11727 * periods. The name of a widget comes from
11728 * gtk_widget_get_name(). Paths are used to apply styles to a widget
11729 * in gtkrc configuration files. Widget names are the type of the
11730 * widget by default (e.g. "GtkButton") or can be set to an
11731 * application-specific value with gtk_widget_set_name(). By setting
11732 * the name of a widget, you allow users or theme authors to apply
11733 * styles to that specific widget in their gtkrc
11734 * file. @path_reversed_p fills in the path in reverse order,
11735 * i.e. starting with @widget's name instead of starting with the name
11736 * of @widget's outermost ancestor.
11738 * Deprecated:3.0: Use gtk_widget_get_path() instead
11741 gtk_widget_path (GtkWidget *widget,
11742 guint *path_length,
11744 gchar **path_reversed)
11746 static gchar *rev_path = NULL;
11747 static guint tmp_path_len = 0;
11750 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
11755 const gchar *string;
11760 string = gtk_widget_get_name (widget);
11761 l = strlen (string);
11762 while (tmp_path_len <= len + l + 1)
11764 tmp_path_len += INIT_PATH_SIZE;
11765 rev_path = g_realloc (rev_path, tmp_path_len);
11767 s = string + l - 1;
11768 d = rev_path + len;
11769 while (s >= string)
11773 widget = widget->priv->parent;
11776 rev_path[len++] = '.';
11778 rev_path[len++] = 0;
11783 *path_length = len - 1;
11785 *path_reversed = g_strdup (rev_path);
11788 *path = g_strdup (rev_path);
11789 g_strreverse (*path);
11794 * gtk_widget_class_path:
11795 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
11796 * @path_length: (out) (allow-none): location to store the length of the
11797 * class path, or %NULL
11798 * @path: (out) (allow-none): location to store the class path as an
11799 * allocated string, or %NULL
11800 * @path_reversed: (out) (allow-none): location to store the reverse
11801 * class path as an allocated string, or %NULL
11803 * Same as gtk_widget_path(), but always uses the name of a widget's type,
11804 * never uses a custom name set with gtk_widget_set_name().
11806 * Deprecated:3.0: Use gtk_widget_get_path() instead
11809 gtk_widget_class_path (GtkWidget *widget,
11810 guint *path_length,
11812 gchar **path_reversed)
11814 static gchar *rev_path = NULL;
11815 static guint tmp_path_len = 0;
11818 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
11823 const gchar *string;
11828 string = g_type_name (G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget));
11829 l = strlen (string);
11830 while (tmp_path_len <= len + l + 1)
11832 tmp_path_len += INIT_PATH_SIZE;
11833 rev_path = g_realloc (rev_path, tmp_path_len);
11835 s = string + l - 1;
11836 d = rev_path + len;
11837 while (s >= string)
11841 widget = widget->priv->parent;
11844 rev_path[len++] = '.';
11846 rev_path[len++] = 0;
11851 *path_length = len - 1;
11853 *path_reversed = g_strdup (rev_path);
11856 *path = g_strdup (rev_path);
11857 g_strreverse (*path);
11862 * gtk_requisition_new:
11864 * Allocates a new #GtkRequisition structure and initializes its elements to zero.
11866 * Returns: a new empty #GtkRequisition. The newly allocated #GtkRequisition should
11867 * be freed with gtk_requisition_free().
11872 gtk_requisition_new (void)
11874 return g_slice_new0 (GtkRequisition);
11878 * gtk_requisition_copy:
11879 * @requisition: a #GtkRequisition
11881 * Copies a #GtkRequisition.
11883 * Returns: a copy of @requisition
11886 gtk_requisition_copy (const GtkRequisition *requisition)
11888 return g_slice_dup (GtkRequisition, requisition);
11892 * gtk_requisition_free:
11893 * @requisition: a #GtkRequisition
11895 * Frees a #GtkRequisition.
11898 gtk_requisition_free (GtkRequisition *requisition)
11900 g_slice_free (GtkRequisition, requisition);
11903 G_DEFINE_BOXED_TYPE (GtkRequisition, gtk_requisition,
11904 gtk_requisition_copy,
11905 gtk_requisition_free)
11908 * gtk_widget_get_accessible:
11909 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
11911 * Returns the accessible object that describes the widget to an
11912 * assistive technology.
11914 * If no accessibility library is loaded (i.e. no ATK implementation library is
11915 * loaded via <envar>GTK_MODULES</envar> or via another application library,
11916 * such as libgnome), then this #AtkObject instance may be a no-op. Likewise,
11917 * if no class-specific #AtkObject implementation is available for the widget
11918 * instance in question, it will inherit an #AtkObject implementation from the
11919 * first ancestor class for which such an implementation is defined.
11921 * The documentation of the
11922 * <ulink url="http://library.gnome.org/devel/atk/stable/">ATK</ulink>
11923 * library contains more information about accessible objects and their uses.
11925 * Returns: (transfer none): the #AtkObject associated with @widget
11928 gtk_widget_get_accessible (GtkWidget *widget)
11930 GtkWidgetClass *klass;
11932 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
11934 klass = GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget);
11936 g_return_val_if_fail (klass->get_accessible != NULL, NULL);
11938 return klass->get_accessible (widget);
11942 gtk_widget_real_get_accessible (GtkWidget *widget)
11944 AtkObject* accessible;
11946 accessible = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget),
11947 quark_accessible_object);
11950 AtkObjectFactory *factory;
11951 AtkRegistry *default_registry;
11953 default_registry = atk_get_default_registry ();
11954 factory = atk_registry_get_factory (default_registry,
11955 G_TYPE_FROM_INSTANCE (widget));
11957 atk_object_factory_create_accessible (factory,
11958 G_OBJECT (widget));
11959 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget),
11960 quark_accessible_object,
11967 * Initialize a AtkImplementorIface instance's virtual pointers as
11968 * appropriate to this implementor's class (GtkWidget).
11971 gtk_widget_accessible_interface_init (AtkImplementorIface *iface)
11973 iface->ref_accessible = gtk_widget_ref_accessible;
11977 gtk_widget_ref_accessible (AtkImplementor *implementor)
11979 AtkObject *accessible;
11981 accessible = gtk_widget_get_accessible (GTK_WIDGET (implementor));
11983 g_object_ref (accessible);
11988 * Expand flag management
11992 gtk_widget_update_computed_expand (GtkWidget *widget)
11994 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
11996 priv = widget->priv;
11998 if (priv->need_compute_expand)
12002 if (priv->hexpand_set)
12007 if (priv->vexpand_set)
12012 /* we don't need to use compute_expand if both expands are
12013 * forced by the app
12015 if (!(priv->hexpand_set && priv->vexpand_set))
12017 if (GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->compute_expand != NULL)
12021 GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->compute_expand (widget,
12022 priv->hexpand_set ? &ignored : &h,
12023 priv->vexpand_set ? &ignored : &v);
12027 priv->need_compute_expand = FALSE;
12028 priv->computed_hexpand = h != FALSE;
12029 priv->computed_vexpand = v != FALSE;
12034 * gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand:
12035 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
12037 * Mark @widget as needing to recompute its expand flags. Call
12038 * this function when setting legacy expand child properties
12039 * on the child of a container.
12041 * See gtk_widget_compute_expand().
12044 gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (GtkWidget *widget)
12047 gboolean changed_anything;
12049 if (widget->priv->need_compute_expand)
12052 changed_anything = FALSE;
12054 while (parent != NULL)
12056 if (!parent->priv->need_compute_expand)
12058 parent->priv->need_compute_expand = TRUE;
12059 changed_anything = TRUE;
12062 /* Note: if we had an invariant that "if a child needs to
12063 * compute expand, its parents also do" then we could stop going
12064 * up when we got to a parent that already needed to
12065 * compute. However, in general we compute expand lazily (as
12066 * soon as we see something in a subtree that is expand, we know
12067 * we're expanding) and so this invariant does not hold and we
12068 * have to always walk all the way up in case some ancestor
12069 * is not currently need_compute_expand.
12072 parent = parent->priv->parent;
12075 /* recomputing expand always requires
12076 * a relayout as well
12078 if (changed_anything)
12079 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
12083 * gtk_widget_compute_expand:
12084 * @widget: the widget
12085 * @orientation: expand direction
12087 * Computes whether a container should give this widget extra space
12088 * when possible. Containers should check this, rather than
12089 * looking at gtk_widget_get_hexpand() or gtk_widget_get_vexpand().
12091 * This function already checks whether the widget is visible, so
12092 * visibility does not need to be checked separately. Non-visible
12093 * widgets are not expanded.
12095 * The computed expand value uses either the expand setting explicitly
12096 * set on the widget itself, or, if none has been explicitly set,
12097 * the widget may expand if some of its children do.
12099 * Return value: whether widget tree rooted here should be expanded
12102 gtk_widget_compute_expand (GtkWidget *widget,
12103 GtkOrientation orientation)
12105 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
12107 /* We never make a widget expand if not even showing. */
12108 if (!gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
12111 gtk_widget_update_computed_expand (widget);
12113 if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL)
12115 return widget->priv->computed_hexpand;
12119 return widget->priv->computed_vexpand;
12124 gtk_widget_set_expand (GtkWidget *widget,
12125 GtkOrientation orientation,
12128 const char *expand_prop;
12129 const char *expand_set_prop;
12131 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
12133 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
12135 priv = widget->priv;
12137 expand = expand != FALSE;
12139 was_both = priv->hexpand && priv->vexpand;
12141 if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL)
12143 if (priv->hexpand_set &&
12144 priv->hexpand == expand)
12147 priv->hexpand_set = TRUE;
12148 priv->hexpand = expand;
12150 expand_prop = "hexpand";
12151 expand_set_prop = "hexpand-set";
12155 if (priv->vexpand_set &&
12156 priv->vexpand == expand)
12159 priv->vexpand_set = TRUE;
12160 priv->vexpand = expand;
12162 expand_prop = "vexpand";
12163 expand_set_prop = "vexpand-set";
12166 gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (widget);
12168 g_object_freeze_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
12169 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), expand_prop);
12170 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), expand_set_prop);
12171 if (was_both != (priv->hexpand && priv->vexpand))
12172 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "expand");
12173 g_object_thaw_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
12177 gtk_widget_set_expand_set (GtkWidget *widget,
12178 GtkOrientation orientation,
12181 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
12184 priv = widget->priv;
12186 set = set != FALSE;
12188 if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL)
12190 if (set == priv->hexpand_set)
12193 priv->hexpand_set = set;
12194 prop = "hexpand-set";
12198 if (set == priv->vexpand_set)
12201 priv->vexpand_set = set;
12202 prop = "vexpand-set";
12205 gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (widget);
12207 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), prop);
12211 * gtk_widget_get_hexpand:
12212 * @widget: the widget
12214 * Gets whether the widget would like any available extra horizontal
12215 * space. When a user resizes a #GtkWindow, widgets with expand=TRUE
12216 * generally receive the extra space. For example, a list or
12217 * scrollable area or document in your window would often be set to
12220 * Containers should use gtk_widget_compute_expand() rather than
12221 * this function, to see whether a widget, or any of its children,
12222 * has the expand flag set. If any child of a widget wants to
12223 * expand, the parent may ask to expand also.
12225 * This function only looks at the widget's own hexpand flag, rather
12226 * than computing whether the entire widget tree rooted at this widget
12229 * Return value: whether hexpand flag is set
12232 gtk_widget_get_hexpand (GtkWidget *widget)
12234 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
12236 return widget->priv->hexpand;
12240 * gtk_widget_set_hexpand:
12241 * @widget: the widget
12242 * @expand: whether to expand
12244 * Sets whether the widget would like any available extra horizontal
12245 * space. When a user resizes a #GtkWindow, widgets with expand=TRUE
12246 * generally receive the extra space. For example, a list or
12247 * scrollable area or document in your window would often be set to
12250 * Call this function to set the expand flag if you would like your
12251 * widget to become larger horizontally when the window has extra
12254 * By default, widgets automatically expand if any of their children
12255 * want to expand. (To see if a widget will automatically expand given
12256 * its current children and state, call gtk_widget_compute_expand(). A
12257 * container can decide how the expandability of children affects the
12258 * expansion of the container by overriding the compute_expand virtual
12259 * method on #GtkWidget.).
12261 * Setting hexpand explicitly with this function will override the
12262 * automatic expand behavior.
12264 * This function forces the widget to expand or not to expand,
12265 * regardless of children. The override occurs because
12266 * gtk_widget_set_hexpand() sets the hexpand-set property (see
12267 * gtk_widget_set_hexpand_set()) which causes the widget's hexpand
12268 * value to be used, rather than looking at children and widget state.
12271 gtk_widget_set_hexpand (GtkWidget *widget,
12274 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
12276 gtk_widget_set_expand (widget, GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL, expand);
12280 * gtk_widget_get_hexpand_set:
12281 * @widget: the widget
12283 * Gets whether gtk_widget_set_hexpand() has been used to
12284 * explicitly set the expand flag on this widget.
12286 * If hexpand is set, then it overrides any computed
12287 * expand value based on child widgets. If hexpand is not
12288 * set, then the expand value depends on whether any
12289 * children of the widget would like to expand.
12291 * There are few reasons to use this function, but it's here
12292 * for completeness and consistency.
12294 * Return value: whether hexpand has been explicitly set
12297 gtk_widget_get_hexpand_set (GtkWidget *widget)
12299 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
12301 return widget->priv->hexpand_set;
12305 * gtk_widget_set_hexpand_set:
12306 * @widget: the widget
12307 * @set: value for hexpand-set property
12309 * Sets whether the hexpand flag (see gtk_widget_get_hexpand()) will
12312 * The hexpand-set property will be set automatically when you call
12313 * gtk_widget_set_hexpand() to set hexpand, so the most likely
12314 * reason to use this function would be to unset an explicit expand
12317 * If hexpand is set, then it overrides any computed
12318 * expand value based on child widgets. If hexpand is not
12319 * set, then the expand value depends on whether any
12320 * children of the widget would like to expand.
12322 * There are few reasons to use this function, but it's here
12323 * for completeness and consistency.
12326 gtk_widget_set_hexpand_set (GtkWidget *widget,
12329 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
12331 gtk_widget_set_expand_set (widget, GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL, set);
12336 * gtk_widget_get_vexpand:
12337 * @widget: the widget
12339 * Gets whether the widget would like any available extra vertical
12342 * See gtk_widget_get_hexpand() for more detail.
12344 * Return value: whether vexpand flag is set
12347 gtk_widget_get_vexpand (GtkWidget *widget)
12349 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
12351 return widget->priv->vexpand;
12355 * gtk_widget_set_vexpand:
12356 * @widget: the widget
12357 * @expand: whether to expand
12359 * Sets whether the widget would like any available extra vertical
12362 * See gtk_widget_set_hexpand() for more detail.
12365 gtk_widget_set_vexpand (GtkWidget *widget,
12368 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
12370 gtk_widget_set_expand (widget, GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL, expand);
12374 * gtk_widget_get_vexpand_set:
12375 * @widget: the widget
12377 * Gets whether gtk_widget_set_vexpand() has been used to
12378 * explicitly set the expand flag on this widget.
12380 * See gtk_widget_get_hexpand_set() for more detail.
12382 * Return value: whether vexpand has been explicitly set
12385 gtk_widget_get_vexpand_set (GtkWidget *widget)
12387 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
12389 return widget->priv->vexpand_set;
12393 * gtk_widget_set_vexpand_set:
12394 * @widget: the widget
12395 * @set: value for vexpand-set property
12397 * Sets whether the vexpand flag (see gtk_widget_get_vexpand()) will
12400 * See gtk_widget_set_hexpand_set() for more detail.
12403 gtk_widget_set_vexpand_set (GtkWidget *widget,
12406 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
12408 gtk_widget_set_expand_set (widget, GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL, set);
12412 * GtkBuildable implementation
12414 static GQuark quark_builder_has_default = 0;
12415 static GQuark quark_builder_has_focus = 0;
12416 static GQuark quark_builder_atk_relations = 0;
12417 static GQuark quark_builder_set_name = 0;
12420 gtk_widget_buildable_interface_init (GtkBuildableIface *iface)
12422 quark_builder_has_default = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-builder-has-default");
12423 quark_builder_has_focus = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-builder-has-focus");
12424 quark_builder_atk_relations = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-builder-atk-relations");
12425 quark_builder_set_name = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-builder-set-name");
12427 iface->set_name = gtk_widget_buildable_set_name;
12428 iface->get_name = gtk_widget_buildable_get_name;
12429 iface->get_internal_child = gtk_widget_buildable_get_internal_child;
12430 iface->set_buildable_property = gtk_widget_buildable_set_buildable_property;
12431 iface->parser_finished = gtk_widget_buildable_parser_finished;
12432 iface->custom_tag_start = gtk_widget_buildable_custom_tag_start;
12433 iface->custom_finished = gtk_widget_buildable_custom_finished;
12437 gtk_widget_buildable_set_name (GtkBuildable *buildable,
12440 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_set_name,
12441 g_strdup (name), g_free);
12444 static const gchar *
12445 gtk_widget_buildable_get_name (GtkBuildable *buildable)
12447 return g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_set_name);
12451 gtk_widget_buildable_get_internal_child (GtkBuildable *buildable,
12452 GtkBuilder *builder,
12453 const gchar *childname)
12455 if (strcmp (childname, "accessible") == 0)
12456 return G_OBJECT (gtk_widget_get_accessible (GTK_WIDGET (buildable)));
12462 gtk_widget_buildable_set_buildable_property (GtkBuildable *buildable,
12463 GtkBuilder *builder,
12465 const GValue *value)
12467 if (strcmp (name, "has-default") == 0 && g_value_get_boolean (value))
12468 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_has_default,
12469 GINT_TO_POINTER (TRUE));
12470 else if (strcmp (name, "has-focus") == 0 && g_value_get_boolean (value))
12471 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_has_focus,
12472 GINT_TO_POINTER (TRUE));
12474 g_object_set_property (G_OBJECT (buildable), name, value);
12479 gchar *action_name;
12480 GString *description;
12482 gboolean translatable;
12492 free_action (AtkActionData *data, gpointer user_data)
12494 g_free (data->action_name);
12495 g_string_free (data->description, TRUE);
12496 g_free (data->context);
12497 g_slice_free (AtkActionData, data);
12501 free_relation (AtkRelationData *data, gpointer user_data)
12503 g_free (data->target);
12504 g_free (data->type);
12505 g_slice_free (AtkRelationData, data);
12509 gtk_widget_buildable_parser_finished (GtkBuildable *buildable,
12510 GtkBuilder *builder)
12512 GSList *atk_relations;
12514 if (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_has_default))
12515 gtk_widget_grab_default (GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
12516 if (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_has_focus))
12517 gtk_widget_grab_focus (GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
12519 atk_relations = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable),
12520 quark_builder_atk_relations);
12523 AtkObject *accessible;
12524 AtkRelationSet *relation_set;
12527 AtkRelationType relation_type;
12528 AtkObject *target_accessible;
12530 accessible = gtk_widget_get_accessible (GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
12531 relation_set = atk_object_ref_relation_set (accessible);
12533 for (l = atk_relations; l; l = l->next)
12535 AtkRelationData *relation = (AtkRelationData*)l->data;
12537 target = gtk_builder_get_object (builder, relation->target);
12540 g_warning ("Target object %s in <relation> does not exist",
12544 target_accessible = gtk_widget_get_accessible (GTK_WIDGET (target));
12545 g_assert (target_accessible != NULL);
12547 relation_type = atk_relation_type_for_name (relation->type);
12548 if (relation_type == ATK_RELATION_NULL)
12550 g_warning ("<relation> type %s not found",
12554 atk_relation_set_add_relation_by_type (relation_set, relation_type,
12555 target_accessible);
12557 g_object_unref (relation_set);
12559 g_slist_foreach (atk_relations, (GFunc)free_relation, NULL);
12560 g_slist_free (atk_relations);
12561 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_atk_relations,
12570 } AccessibilitySubParserData;
12573 accessibility_start_element (GMarkupParseContext *context,
12574 const gchar *element_name,
12575 const gchar **names,
12576 const gchar **values,
12577 gpointer user_data,
12580 AccessibilitySubParserData *data = (AccessibilitySubParserData*)user_data;
12582 gint line_number, char_number;
12584 if (strcmp (element_name, "relation") == 0)
12586 gchar *target = NULL;
12587 gchar *type = NULL;
12588 AtkRelationData *relation;
12590 for (i = 0; names[i]; i++)
12592 if (strcmp (names[i], "target") == 0)
12593 target = g_strdup (values[i]);
12594 else if (strcmp (names[i], "type") == 0)
12595 type = g_strdup (values[i]);
12598 g_markup_parse_context_get_position (context,
12601 g_set_error (error,
12603 GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_INVALID_ATTRIBUTE,
12604 "%s:%d:%d '%s' is not a valid attribute of <%s>",
12606 line_number, char_number, names[i], "relation");
12613 if (!target || !type)
12615 g_markup_parse_context_get_position (context,
12618 g_set_error (error,
12620 GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_MISSING_ATTRIBUTE,
12621 "%s:%d:%d <%s> requires attribute \"%s\"",
12623 line_number, char_number, "relation",
12624 type ? "target" : "type");
12630 relation = g_slice_new (AtkRelationData);
12631 relation->target = target;
12632 relation->type = type;
12634 data->relations = g_slist_prepend (data->relations, relation);
12636 else if (strcmp (element_name, "action") == 0)
12638 const gchar *action_name = NULL;
12639 const gchar *description = NULL;
12640 const gchar *msg_context = NULL;
12641 gboolean translatable = FALSE;
12642 AtkActionData *action;
12644 for (i = 0; names[i]; i++)
12646 if (strcmp (names[i], "action_name") == 0)
12647 action_name = values[i];
12648 else if (strcmp (names[i], "description") == 0)
12649 description = values[i];
12650 else if (strcmp (names[i], "translatable") == 0)
12652 if (!_gtk_builder_boolean_from_string (values[i], &translatable, error))
12655 else if (strcmp (names[i], "comments") == 0)
12657 /* do nothing, comments are for translators */
12659 else if (strcmp (names[i], "context") == 0)
12660 msg_context = values[i];
12663 g_markup_parse_context_get_position (context,
12666 g_set_error (error,
12668 GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_INVALID_ATTRIBUTE,
12669 "%s:%d:%d '%s' is not a valid attribute of <%s>",
12671 line_number, char_number, names[i], "action");
12678 g_markup_parse_context_get_position (context,
12681 g_set_error (error,
12683 GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_MISSING_ATTRIBUTE,
12684 "%s:%d:%d <%s> requires attribute \"%s\"",
12686 line_number, char_number, "action",
12691 action = g_slice_new (AtkActionData);
12692 action->action_name = g_strdup (action_name);
12693 action->description = g_string_new (description);
12694 action->context = g_strdup (msg_context);
12695 action->translatable = translatable;
12697 data->actions = g_slist_prepend (data->actions, action);
12699 else if (strcmp (element_name, "accessibility") == 0)
12702 g_warning ("Unsupported tag for GtkWidget: %s\n", element_name);
12706 accessibility_text (GMarkupParseContext *context,
12709 gpointer user_data,
12712 AccessibilitySubParserData *data = (AccessibilitySubParserData*)user_data;
12714 if (strcmp (g_markup_parse_context_get_element (context), "action") == 0)
12716 AtkActionData *action = data->actions->data;
12718 g_string_append_len (action->description, text, text_len);
12722 static const GMarkupParser accessibility_parser =
12724 accessibility_start_element,
12726 accessibility_text,
12735 } AccelGroupParserData;
12738 accel_group_start_element (GMarkupParseContext *context,
12739 const gchar *element_name,
12740 const gchar **names,
12741 const gchar **values,
12742 gpointer user_data,
12747 guint modifiers = 0;
12748 gchar *signal = NULL;
12749 AccelGroupParserData *parser_data = (AccelGroupParserData*)user_data;
12751 for (i = 0; names[i]; i++)
12753 if (strcmp (names[i], "key") == 0)
12754 key = gdk_keyval_from_name (values[i]);
12755 else if (strcmp (names[i], "modifiers") == 0)
12757 if (!_gtk_builder_flags_from_string (GDK_TYPE_MODIFIER_TYPE,
12763 else if (strcmp (names[i], "signal") == 0)
12764 signal = g_strdup (values[i]);
12767 if (key == 0 || signal == NULL)
12769 g_warning ("<accelerator> requires key and signal attributes");
12772 parser_data->key = key;
12773 parser_data->modifiers = modifiers;
12774 parser_data->signal = signal;
12777 static const GMarkupParser accel_group_parser =
12779 accel_group_start_element,
12783 gtk_widget_buildable_custom_tag_start (GtkBuildable *buildable,
12784 GtkBuilder *builder,
12786 const gchar *tagname,
12787 GMarkupParser *parser,
12790 g_assert (buildable);
12792 if (strcmp (tagname, "accelerator") == 0)
12794 AccelGroupParserData *parser_data;
12796 parser_data = g_slice_new0 (AccelGroupParserData);
12797 parser_data->object = g_object_ref (buildable);
12798 *parser = accel_group_parser;
12799 *data = parser_data;
12802 if (strcmp (tagname, "accessibility") == 0)
12804 AccessibilitySubParserData *parser_data;
12806 parser_data = g_slice_new0 (AccessibilitySubParserData);
12807 *parser = accessibility_parser;
12808 *data = parser_data;
12815 _gtk_widget_buildable_finish_accelerator (GtkWidget *widget,
12816 GtkWidget *toplevel,
12817 gpointer user_data)
12819 AccelGroupParserData *accel_data;
12820 GSList *accel_groups;
12821 GtkAccelGroup *accel_group;
12823 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
12824 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (toplevel));
12825 g_return_if_fail (user_data != NULL);
12827 accel_data = (AccelGroupParserData*)user_data;
12828 accel_groups = gtk_accel_groups_from_object (G_OBJECT (toplevel));
12829 if (g_slist_length (accel_groups) == 0)
12831 accel_group = gtk_accel_group_new ();
12832 gtk_window_add_accel_group (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel), accel_group);
12836 g_assert (g_slist_length (accel_groups) == 1);
12837 accel_group = g_slist_nth_data (accel_groups, 0);
12840 gtk_widget_add_accelerator (GTK_WIDGET (accel_data->object),
12841 accel_data->signal,
12844 accel_data->modifiers,
12845 GTK_ACCEL_VISIBLE);
12847 g_object_unref (accel_data->object);
12848 g_free (accel_data->signal);
12849 g_slice_free (AccelGroupParserData, accel_data);
12853 gtk_widget_buildable_custom_finished (GtkBuildable *buildable,
12854 GtkBuilder *builder,
12856 const gchar *tagname,
12857 gpointer user_data)
12859 AccelGroupParserData *accel_data;
12860 AccessibilitySubParserData *a11y_data;
12861 GtkWidget *toplevel;
12863 if (strcmp (tagname, "accelerator") == 0)
12865 accel_data = (AccelGroupParserData*)user_data;
12866 g_assert (accel_data->object);
12868 toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (GTK_WIDGET (accel_data->object));
12870 _gtk_widget_buildable_finish_accelerator (GTK_WIDGET (buildable), toplevel, user_data);
12872 else if (strcmp (tagname, "accessibility") == 0)
12874 a11y_data = (AccessibilitySubParserData*)user_data;
12876 if (a11y_data->actions)
12878 AtkObject *accessible;
12883 accessible = gtk_widget_get_accessible (GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
12885 action = ATK_ACTION (accessible);
12886 n_actions = atk_action_get_n_actions (action);
12888 for (l = a11y_data->actions; l; l = l->next)
12890 AtkActionData *action_data = (AtkActionData*)l->data;
12892 for (i = 0; i < n_actions; i++)
12893 if (strcmp (atk_action_get_name (action, i),
12894 action_data->action_name) == 0)
12899 gchar *description;
12901 if (action_data->translatable && action_data->description->len)
12902 description = _gtk_builder_parser_translate (gtk_builder_get_translation_domain (builder),
12903 action_data->context,
12904 action_data->description->str);
12906 description = action_data->description->str;
12908 atk_action_set_description (action, i, description);
12912 g_slist_foreach (a11y_data->actions, (GFunc)free_action, NULL);
12913 g_slist_free (a11y_data->actions);
12916 if (a11y_data->relations)
12917 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_atk_relations,
12918 a11y_data->relations);
12920 g_slice_free (AccessibilitySubParserData, a11y_data);
12925 gtk_widget_real_get_width (GtkWidget *widget,
12926 gint *minimum_size,
12927 gint *natural_size)
12937 gtk_widget_real_get_height (GtkWidget *widget,
12938 gint *minimum_size,
12939 gint *natural_size)
12949 gtk_widget_real_get_height_for_width (GtkWidget *widget,
12951 gint *minimum_height,
12952 gint *natural_height)
12954 GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->get_preferred_height (widget, minimum_height, natural_height);
12958 gtk_widget_real_get_width_for_height (GtkWidget *widget,
12960 gint *minimum_width,
12961 gint *natural_width)
12963 GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->get_preferred_width (widget, minimum_width, natural_width);
12967 * gtk_widget_get_halign:
12968 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
12970 * Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:halign property.
12972 * Returns: the horizontal alignment of @widget
12975 gtk_widget_get_halign (GtkWidget *widget)
12977 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), GTK_ALIGN_FILL);
12978 return _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (widget)->halign;
12982 * gtk_widget_set_halign:
12983 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
12984 * @align: the horizontal alignment
12986 * Sets the horizontal alignment of @widget.
12987 * See the #GtkWidget:halign property.
12990 gtk_widget_set_halign (GtkWidget *widget,
12993 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
12995 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
12997 aux_info = _gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, TRUE);
12999 if (aux_info->halign == align)
13002 aux_info->halign = align;
13003 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
13004 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "halign");
13008 * gtk_widget_get_valign:
13009 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13011 * Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:valign property.
13013 * Returns: the vertical alignment of @widget
13016 gtk_widget_get_valign (GtkWidget *widget)
13018 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), GTK_ALIGN_FILL);
13019 return _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (widget)->valign;
13023 * gtk_widget_set_valign:
13024 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13025 * @align: the vertical alignment
13027 * Sets the vertical alignment of @widget.
13028 * See the #GtkWidget:valign property.
13031 gtk_widget_set_valign (GtkWidget *widget,
13034 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
13036 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13038 aux_info = _gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, TRUE);
13040 if (aux_info->valign == align)
13043 aux_info->valign = align;
13044 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
13045 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "valign");
13049 * gtk_widget_get_margin_left:
13050 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13052 * Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:margin-left property.
13054 * Returns: The left margin of @widget
13057 gtk_widget_get_margin_left (GtkWidget *widget)
13059 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
13061 return _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (widget)->margin.left;
13065 * gtk_widget_set_margin_left:
13066 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13067 * @margin: the left margin
13069 * Sets the left margin of @widget.
13070 * See the #GtkWidget:margin-left property.
13073 gtk_widget_set_margin_left (GtkWidget *widget,
13076 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
13078 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13079 g_return_if_fail (margin <= G_MAXINT16);
13081 aux_info = _gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, TRUE);
13083 if (aux_info->margin.left == margin)
13086 aux_info->margin.left = margin;
13087 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
13088 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "margin-left");
13092 * gtk_widget_get_margin_right:
13093 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13095 * Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:margin-right property.
13097 * Returns: The left margin of @widget
13100 gtk_widget_get_margin_right (GtkWidget *widget)
13102 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
13104 return _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (widget)->margin.right;
13108 * gtk_widget_set_margin_right:
13109 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13110 * @margin: the right margin
13112 * Sets the right margin of @widget.
13113 * See the #GtkWidget:margin-right property.
13116 gtk_widget_set_margin_right (GtkWidget *widget,
13119 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
13121 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13122 g_return_if_fail (margin <= G_MAXINT16);
13124 aux_info = _gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, TRUE);
13126 if (aux_info->margin.right == margin)
13129 aux_info->margin.right = margin;
13130 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
13131 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "margin-right");
13135 * gtk_widget_get_margin_top:
13136 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13138 * Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:margin-top property.
13140 * Returns: The top margin of @widget
13143 gtk_widget_get_margin_top (GtkWidget *widget)
13145 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
13147 return _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (widget)->margin.top;
13151 * gtk_widget_set_margin_top:
13152 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13153 * @margin: the top margin
13155 * Sets the top margin of @widget.
13156 * See the #GtkWidget:margin-top property.
13159 gtk_widget_set_margin_top (GtkWidget *widget,
13162 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
13164 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13165 g_return_if_fail (margin <= G_MAXINT16);
13167 aux_info = _gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, TRUE);
13169 if (aux_info->margin.top == margin)
13172 aux_info->margin.top = margin;
13173 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
13174 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "margin-top");
13178 * gtk_widget_get_margin_bottom:
13179 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13181 * Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:margin-bottom property.
13183 * Returns: The bottom margin of @widget
13186 gtk_widget_get_margin_bottom (GtkWidget *widget)
13188 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
13190 return _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (widget)->margin.bottom;
13194 * gtk_widget_set_margin_bottom:
13195 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13196 * @margin: the bottom margin
13198 * Sets the bottom margin of @widget.
13199 * See the #GtkWidget:margin-bottom property.
13202 gtk_widget_set_margin_bottom (GtkWidget *widget,
13205 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
13207 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13208 g_return_if_fail (margin <= G_MAXINT16);
13210 aux_info = _gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, TRUE);
13212 if (aux_info->margin.bottom == margin)
13215 aux_info->margin.bottom = margin;
13216 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
13217 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "margin-bottom");
13221 * gtk_widget_get_clipboard:
13222 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13223 * @selection: a #GdkAtom which identifies the clipboard
13224 * to use. %GDK_SELECTION_CLIPBOARD gives the
13225 * default clipboard. Another common value
13226 * is %GDK_SELECTION_PRIMARY, which gives
13227 * the primary X selection.
13229 * Returns the clipboard object for the given selection to
13230 * be used with @widget. @widget must have a #GdkDisplay
13231 * associated with it, so must be attached to a toplevel
13234 * Return value: (transfer none): the appropriate clipboard object. If no
13235 * clipboard already exists, a new one will
13236 * be created. Once a clipboard object has
13237 * been created, it is persistent for all time.
13242 gtk_widget_get_clipboard (GtkWidget *widget, GdkAtom selection)
13244 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
13245 g_return_val_if_fail (gtk_widget_has_screen (widget), NULL);
13247 return gtk_clipboard_get_for_display (gtk_widget_get_display (widget),
13252 * gtk_widget_list_mnemonic_labels:
13253 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13255 * Returns a newly allocated list of the widgets, normally labels, for
13256 * which this widget is the target of a mnemonic (see for example,
13257 * gtk_label_set_mnemonic_widget()).
13259 * The widgets in the list are not individually referenced. If you
13260 * want to iterate through the list and perform actions involving
13261 * callbacks that might destroy the widgets, you
13262 * <emphasis>must</emphasis> call <literal>g_list_foreach (result,
13263 * (GFunc)g_object_ref, NULL)</literal> first, and then unref all the
13264 * widgets afterwards.
13266 * Return value: (element-type GtkWidget) (transfer container): the list of
13267 * mnemonic labels; free this list
13268 * with g_list_free() when you are done with it.
13273 gtk_widget_list_mnemonic_labels (GtkWidget *widget)
13275 GList *list = NULL;
13278 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
13280 for (l = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels); l; l = l->next)
13281 list = g_list_prepend (list, l->data);
13287 * gtk_widget_add_mnemonic_label:
13288 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13289 * @label: a #GtkWidget that acts as a mnemonic label for @widget
13291 * Adds a widget to the list of mnemonic labels for
13292 * this widget. (See gtk_widget_list_mnemonic_labels()). Note the
13293 * list of mnemonic labels for the widget is cleared when the
13294 * widget is destroyed, so the caller must make sure to update
13295 * its internal state at this point as well, by using a connection
13296 * to the #GtkWidget::destroy signal or a weak notifier.
13301 gtk_widget_add_mnemonic_label (GtkWidget *widget,
13304 GSList *old_list, *new_list;
13306 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13307 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (label));
13309 old_list = g_object_steal_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels);
13310 new_list = g_slist_prepend (old_list, label);
13312 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels,
13313 new_list, (GDestroyNotify) g_slist_free);
13317 * gtk_widget_remove_mnemonic_label:
13318 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13319 * @label: a #GtkWidget that was previously set as a mnemnic label for
13320 * @widget with gtk_widget_add_mnemonic_label().
13322 * Removes a widget from the list of mnemonic labels for
13323 * this widget. (See gtk_widget_list_mnemonic_labels()). The widget
13324 * must have previously been added to the list with
13325 * gtk_widget_add_mnemonic_label().
13330 gtk_widget_remove_mnemonic_label (GtkWidget *widget,
13333 GSList *old_list, *new_list;
13335 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13336 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (label));
13338 old_list = g_object_steal_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels);
13339 new_list = g_slist_remove (old_list, label);
13342 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels,
13343 new_list, (GDestroyNotify) g_slist_free);
13347 * gtk_widget_get_no_show_all:
13348 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13350 * Returns the current value of the #GtkWidget:no-show-all property,
13351 * which determines whether calls to gtk_widget_show_all()
13352 * will affect this widget.
13354 * Return value: the current value of the "no-show-all" property.
13359 gtk_widget_get_no_show_all (GtkWidget *widget)
13361 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
13363 return widget->priv->no_show_all;
13367 * gtk_widget_set_no_show_all:
13368 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13369 * @no_show_all: the new value for the "no-show-all" property
13371 * Sets the #GtkWidget:no-show-all property, which determines whether
13372 * calls to gtk_widget_show_all() will affect this widget.
13374 * This is mostly for use in constructing widget hierarchies with externally
13375 * controlled visibility, see #GtkUIManager.
13380 gtk_widget_set_no_show_all (GtkWidget *widget,
13381 gboolean no_show_all)
13383 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13385 no_show_all = (no_show_all != FALSE);
13387 if (widget->priv->no_show_all != no_show_all)
13389 widget->priv->no_show_all = no_show_all;
13391 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "no-show-all");
13397 gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
13398 gboolean has_tooltip,
13401 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
13402 gboolean priv_has_tooltip;
13404 priv_has_tooltip = GPOINTER_TO_UINT (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget),
13405 quark_has_tooltip));
13407 if (priv_has_tooltip != has_tooltip || force)
13409 priv_has_tooltip = has_tooltip;
13411 if (priv_has_tooltip)
13413 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget) && !gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
13414 gdk_window_set_events (priv->window,
13415 gdk_window_get_events (priv->window) |
13416 GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY_MASK |
13417 GDK_POINTER_MOTION_MASK |
13418 GDK_POINTER_MOTION_HINT_MASK);
13420 if (gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
13421 gtk_widget_add_events (widget,
13422 GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY_MASK |
13423 GDK_POINTER_MOTION_MASK |
13424 GDK_POINTER_MOTION_HINT_MASK);
13427 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_has_tooltip,
13428 GUINT_TO_POINTER (priv_has_tooltip));
13433 * gtk_widget_set_tooltip_window:
13434 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13435 * @custom_window: (allow-none): a #GtkWindow, or %NULL
13437 * Replaces the default, usually yellow, window used for displaying
13438 * tooltips with @custom_window. GTK+ will take care of showing and
13439 * hiding @custom_window at the right moment, to behave likewise as
13440 * the default tooltip window. If @custom_window is %NULL, the default
13441 * tooltip window will be used.
13443 * If the custom window should have the default theming it needs to
13444 * have the name "gtk-tooltip", see gtk_widget_set_name().
13449 gtk_widget_set_tooltip_window (GtkWidget *widget,
13450 GtkWindow *custom_window)
13452 gboolean has_tooltip;
13453 gchar *tooltip_markup;
13455 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13456 g_return_if_fail (custom_window == NULL || GTK_IS_WINDOW (custom_window));
13458 tooltip_markup = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_tooltip_markup);
13461 g_object_ref (custom_window);
13463 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_tooltip_window,
13464 custom_window, g_object_unref);
13466 has_tooltip = (custom_window != NULL || tooltip_markup != NULL);
13467 gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (widget, has_tooltip, FALSE);
13469 if (has_tooltip && gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
13470 gtk_widget_queue_tooltip_query (widget);
13474 * gtk_widget_get_tooltip_window:
13475 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13477 * Returns the #GtkWindow of the current tooltip. This can be the
13478 * GtkWindow created by default, or the custom tooltip window set
13479 * using gtk_widget_set_tooltip_window().
13481 * Return value: (transfer none): The #GtkWindow of the current tooltip.
13486 gtk_widget_get_tooltip_window (GtkWidget *widget)
13488 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
13490 return g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_tooltip_window);
13494 * gtk_widget_trigger_tooltip_query:
13495 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13497 * Triggers a tooltip query on the display where the toplevel of @widget
13498 * is located. See gtk_tooltip_trigger_tooltip_query() for more
13504 gtk_widget_trigger_tooltip_query (GtkWidget *widget)
13506 gtk_tooltip_trigger_tooltip_query (gtk_widget_get_display (widget));
13509 static guint tooltip_query_id;
13510 static GSList *tooltip_query_displays;
13513 tooltip_query_idle (gpointer data)
13515 g_slist_foreach (tooltip_query_displays, (GFunc)gtk_tooltip_trigger_tooltip_query, NULL);
13516 g_slist_foreach (tooltip_query_displays, (GFunc)g_object_unref, NULL);
13517 g_slist_free (tooltip_query_displays);
13519 tooltip_query_displays = NULL;
13520 tooltip_query_id = 0;
13526 gtk_widget_queue_tooltip_query (GtkWidget *widget)
13528 GdkDisplay *display;
13530 display = gtk_widget_get_display (widget);
13532 if (!g_slist_find (tooltip_query_displays, display))
13533 tooltip_query_displays = g_slist_prepend (tooltip_query_displays, g_object_ref (display));
13535 if (tooltip_query_id == 0)
13536 tooltip_query_id = gdk_threads_add_idle (tooltip_query_idle, NULL);
13540 * gtk_widget_set_tooltip_text:
13541 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13542 * @text: the contents of the tooltip for @widget
13544 * Sets @text as the contents of the tooltip. This function will take
13545 * care of setting #GtkWidget:has-tooltip to %TRUE and of the default
13546 * handler for the #GtkWidget::query-tooltip signal.
13548 * See also the #GtkWidget:tooltip-text property and gtk_tooltip_set_text().
13553 gtk_widget_set_tooltip_text (GtkWidget *widget,
13556 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13558 g_object_set (G_OBJECT (widget), "tooltip-text", text, NULL);
13562 * gtk_widget_get_tooltip_text:
13563 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13565 * Gets the contents of the tooltip for @widget.
13567 * Return value: the tooltip text, or %NULL. You should free the
13568 * returned string with g_free() when done.
13573 gtk_widget_get_tooltip_text (GtkWidget *widget)
13575 gchar *text = NULL;
13577 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
13579 g_object_get (G_OBJECT (widget), "tooltip-text", &text, NULL);
13585 * gtk_widget_set_tooltip_markup:
13586 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13587 * @markup: (allow-none): the contents of the tooltip for @widget, or %NULL
13589 * Sets @markup as the contents of the tooltip, which is marked up with
13590 * the <link linkend="PangoMarkupFormat">Pango text markup language</link>.
13592 * This function will take care of setting #GtkWidget:has-tooltip to %TRUE
13593 * and of the default handler for the #GtkWidget::query-tooltip signal.
13595 * See also the #GtkWidget:tooltip-markup property and
13596 * gtk_tooltip_set_markup().
13601 gtk_widget_set_tooltip_markup (GtkWidget *widget,
13602 const gchar *markup)
13604 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13606 g_object_set (G_OBJECT (widget), "tooltip-markup", markup, NULL);
13610 * gtk_widget_get_tooltip_markup:
13611 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13613 * Gets the contents of the tooltip for @widget.
13615 * Return value: the tooltip text, or %NULL. You should free the
13616 * returned string with g_free() when done.
13621 gtk_widget_get_tooltip_markup (GtkWidget *widget)
13623 gchar *text = NULL;
13625 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
13627 g_object_get (G_OBJECT (widget), "tooltip-markup", &text, NULL);
13633 * gtk_widget_set_has_tooltip:
13634 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13635 * @has_tooltip: whether or not @widget has a tooltip.
13637 * Sets the has-tooltip property on @widget to @has_tooltip. See
13638 * #GtkWidget:has-tooltip for more information.
13643 gtk_widget_set_has_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
13644 gboolean has_tooltip)
13646 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13648 g_object_set (G_OBJECT (widget), "has-tooltip", has_tooltip, NULL);
13652 * gtk_widget_get_has_tooltip:
13653 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13655 * Returns the current value of the has-tooltip property. See
13656 * #GtkWidget:has-tooltip for more information.
13658 * Return value: current value of has-tooltip on @widget.
13663 gtk_widget_get_has_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget)
13665 gboolean has_tooltip = FALSE;
13667 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
13669 g_object_get (G_OBJECT (widget), "has-tooltip", &has_tooltip, NULL);
13671 return has_tooltip;
13675 * gtk_widget_get_allocation:
13676 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13677 * @allocation: (out): a pointer to a #GtkAllocation to copy to
13679 * Retrieves the widget's allocation.
13681 * Note, when implementing a #GtkContainer: a widget's allocation will
13682 * be its "adjusted" allocation, that is, the widget's parent
13683 * container typically calls gtk_widget_size_allocate() with an
13684 * allocation, and that allocation is then adjusted (to handle margin
13685 * and alignment for example) before assignment to the widget.
13686 * gtk_widget_get_allocation() returns the adjusted allocation that
13687 * was actually assigned to the widget. The adjusted allocation is
13688 * guaranteed to be completely contained within the
13689 * gtk_widget_size_allocate() allocation, however. So a #GtkContainer
13690 * is guaranteed that its children stay inside the assigned bounds,
13691 * but not that they have exactly the bounds the container assigned.
13692 * There is no way to get the original allocation assigned by
13693 * gtk_widget_size_allocate(), since it isn't stored; if a container
13694 * implementation needs that information it will have to track it itself.
13699 gtk_widget_get_allocation (GtkWidget *widget,
13700 GtkAllocation *allocation)
13702 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
13704 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13705 g_return_if_fail (allocation != NULL);
13707 priv = widget->priv;
13709 *allocation = priv->allocation;
13713 * gtk_widget_set_allocation:
13714 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13715 * @allocation: a pointer to a #GtkAllocation to copy from
13717 * Sets the widget's allocation. This should not be used
13718 * directly, but from within a widget's size_allocate method.
13720 * The allocation set should be the "adjusted" or actual
13721 * allocation. If you're implementing a #GtkContainer, you want to use
13722 * gtk_widget_size_allocate() instead of gtk_widget_set_allocation().
13723 * The GtkWidgetClass::adjust_size_allocation virtual method adjusts the
13724 * allocation inside gtk_widget_size_allocate() to create an adjusted
13730 gtk_widget_set_allocation (GtkWidget *widget,
13731 const GtkAllocation *allocation)
13733 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
13735 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13736 g_return_if_fail (allocation != NULL);
13738 priv = widget->priv;
13740 priv->allocation = *allocation;
13744 * gtk_widget_get_allocated_width:
13745 * @widget: the widget to query
13747 * Returns the width that has currently been allocated to @widget.
13748 * This function is intended to be used when implementing handlers
13749 * for the #GtkWidget::draw function.
13751 * Returns: the width of the @widget
13754 gtk_widget_get_allocated_width (GtkWidget *widget)
13756 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
13758 return widget->priv->allocation.width;
13762 * gtk_widget_get_allocated_height:
13763 * @widget: the widget to query
13765 * Returns the height that has currently been allocated to @widget.
13766 * This function is intended to be used when implementing handlers
13767 * for the #GtkWidget::draw function.
13769 * Returns: the height of the @widget
13772 gtk_widget_get_allocated_height (GtkWidget *widget)
13774 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
13776 return widget->priv->allocation.height;
13780 * gtk_widget_get_requisition:
13781 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13782 * @requisition: (out): a pointer to a #GtkRequisition to copy to
13784 * Retrieves the widget's requisition.
13786 * This function should only be used by widget implementations in
13787 * order to figure whether the widget's requisition has actually
13788 * changed after some internal state change (so that they can call
13789 * gtk_widget_queue_resize() instead of gtk_widget_queue_draw()).
13791 * Normally, gtk_widget_size_request() should be used.
13795 * Deprecated: 3.0: The #GtkRequisition cache on the widget was
13796 * removed, If you need to cache sizes across requests and allocations,
13797 * add an explicit cache to the widget in question instead.
13800 gtk_widget_get_requisition (GtkWidget *widget,
13801 GtkRequisition *requisition)
13803 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13804 g_return_if_fail (requisition != NULL);
13806 gtk_widget_get_preferred_size (widget, requisition, NULL);
13810 * gtk_widget_set_window:
13811 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13812 * @window: a #GdkWindow
13814 * Sets a widget's window. This function should only be used in a
13815 * widget's #GtkWidget::realize implementation. The %window passed is
13816 * usually either new window created with gdk_window_new(), or the
13817 * window of its parent widget as returned by
13818 * gtk_widget_get_parent_window().
13820 * Widgets must indicate whether they will create their own #GdkWindow
13821 * by calling gtk_widget_set_has_window(). This is usually done in the
13822 * widget's init() function.
13824 * <note><para>This function does not add any reference to @window.</para></note>
13829 gtk_widget_set_window (GtkWidget *widget,
13832 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
13834 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13835 g_return_if_fail (window == NULL || GDK_IS_WINDOW (window));
13837 priv = widget->priv;
13839 if (priv->window != window)
13841 priv->window = window;
13842 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "window");
13847 * gtk_widget_get_window:
13848 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13850 * Returns the widget's window if it is realized, %NULL otherwise
13852 * Return value: (transfer none): @widget's window.
13857 gtk_widget_get_window (GtkWidget *widget)
13859 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
13861 return widget->priv->window;
13865 * gtk_widget_get_support_multidevice:
13866 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13868 * Returns %TRUE if @widget is multiple pointer aware. See
13869 * gtk_widget_set_support_multidevice() for more information.
13871 * Returns: %TRUE if @widget is multidevice aware.
13874 gtk_widget_get_support_multidevice (GtkWidget *widget)
13876 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
13878 return widget->priv->multidevice;
13882 * gtk_widget_set_support_multidevice:
13883 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13884 * @support_multidevice: %TRUE to support input from multiple devices.
13886 * Enables or disables multiple pointer awareness. If this setting is %TRUE,
13887 * @widget will start receiving multiple, per device enter/leave events. Note
13888 * that if custom #GdkWindow<!-- -->s are created in #GtkWidget::realize,
13889 * gdk_window_set_support_multidevice() will have to be called manually on them.
13894 gtk_widget_set_support_multidevice (GtkWidget *widget,
13895 gboolean support_multidevice)
13897 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
13899 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13901 priv = widget->priv;
13902 priv->multidevice = (support_multidevice == TRUE);
13904 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
13905 gdk_window_set_support_multidevice (priv->window, support_multidevice);
13909 _gtk_widget_set_has_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
13910 gboolean has_focus)
13912 widget->priv->has_focus = has_focus;
13915 gtk_widget_set_state_flags (widget, GTK_STATE_FLAG_FOCUSED, FALSE);
13917 gtk_widget_unset_state_flags (widget, GTK_STATE_FLAG_FOCUSED);
13921 * gtk_widget_send_focus_change:
13922 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13923 * @event: a #GdkEvent of type GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE
13925 * Sends the focus change @event to @widget
13927 * This function is not meant to be used by applications. The only time it
13928 * should be used is when it is necessary for a #GtkWidget to assign focus
13929 * to a widget that is semantically owned by the first widget even though
13930 * it's not a direct child - for instance, a search entry in a floating
13931 * window similar to the quick search in #GtkTreeView.
13933 * An example of its usage is:
13936 * GdkEvent *fevent = gdk_event_new (GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE);
13938 * fevent->focus_change.type = GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE;
13939 * fevent->focus_change.in = TRUE;
13940 * fevent->focus_change.window = gtk_widget_get_window (widget);
13941 * if (fevent->focus_change.window != NULL)
13942 * g_object_ref (fevent->focus_change.window);
13944 * gtk_widget_send_focus_change (widget, fevent);
13946 * gdk_event_free (event);
13949 * Return value: the return value from the event signal emission: %TRUE
13950 * if the event was handled, and %FALSE otherwise
13955 gtk_widget_send_focus_change (GtkWidget *widget,
13960 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
13961 g_return_val_if_fail (event != NULL && event->type == GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE, FALSE);
13963 g_object_ref (widget);
13965 _gtk_widget_set_has_focus (widget, event->focus_change.in);
13967 res = gtk_widget_event (widget, event);
13969 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "has-focus");
13971 g_object_unref (widget);
13977 * gtk_widget_in_destruction:
13978 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13980 * Returns whether the widget is currently being destroyed.
13981 * This information can sometimes be used to avoid doing
13982 * unnecessary work.
13984 * Returns: %TRUE if @widget is being destroyed
13987 gtk_widget_in_destruction (GtkWidget *widget)
13989 return widget->priv->in_destruction;
13993 _gtk_widget_get_resize_pending (GtkWidget *widget)
13995 return widget->priv->resize_pending;
13999 _gtk_widget_set_resize_pending (GtkWidget *widget,
14000 gboolean resize_pending)
14002 widget->priv->resize_pending = resize_pending;
14006 _gtk_widget_get_in_reparent (GtkWidget *widget)
14008 return widget->priv->in_reparent;
14012 _gtk_widget_set_in_reparent (GtkWidget *widget,
14013 gboolean in_reparent)
14015 widget->priv->in_reparent = in_reparent;
14019 _gtk_widget_get_anchored (GtkWidget *widget)
14021 return widget->priv->anchored;
14025 _gtk_widget_set_anchored (GtkWidget *widget,
14028 widget->priv->anchored = anchored;
14032 _gtk_widget_get_shadowed (GtkWidget *widget)
14034 return widget->priv->shadowed;
14038 _gtk_widget_set_shadowed (GtkWidget *widget,
14041 widget->priv->shadowed = shadowed;
14045 _gtk_widget_get_alloc_needed (GtkWidget *widget)
14047 return widget->priv->alloc_needed;
14051 _gtk_widget_set_alloc_needed (GtkWidget *widget,
14052 gboolean alloc_needed)
14054 widget->priv->alloc_needed = alloc_needed;
14058 _gtk_widget_get_width_request_needed (GtkWidget *widget)
14060 return widget->priv->width_request_needed;
14064 _gtk_widget_set_width_request_needed (GtkWidget *widget,
14065 gboolean width_request_needed)
14067 widget->priv->width_request_needed = width_request_needed;
14071 _gtk_widget_get_height_request_needed (GtkWidget *widget)
14073 return widget->priv->height_request_needed;
14077 _gtk_widget_set_height_request_needed (GtkWidget *widget,
14078 gboolean height_request_needed)
14080 widget->priv->height_request_needed = height_request_needed;
14084 * gtk_widget_get_path:
14085 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
14087 * Returns the #GtkWidgetPath representing @widget, if the widget
14088 * is not connected to a toplevel widget, a partial path will be
14091 * Returns: (transfer none): The #GtkWidgetPath representing @widget
14094 gtk_widget_get_path (GtkWidget *widget)
14096 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
14098 /* As strange as it may seem, this may happen on object construction.
14099 * init() implementations of parent types may eventually call this function,
14100 * each with its corresponding GType, which could leave a child
14101 * implementation with a wrong widget type in the widget path
14103 if (widget->priv->path &&
14104 G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget) != gtk_widget_path_get_object_type (widget->priv->path))
14106 gtk_widget_path_free (widget->priv->path);
14107 widget->priv->path = NULL;
14110 if (!widget->priv->path)
14115 parent = widget->priv->parent;
14118 widget->priv->path = gtk_container_get_path_for_child (GTK_CONTAINER (parent), widget);
14121 /* Widget is either toplevel or unparented, treat both
14122 * as toplevels style wise, since there are situations
14123 * where style properties might be retrieved on that
14126 widget->priv->path = gtk_widget_path_new ();
14129 pos = gtk_widget_path_append_type (widget->priv->path, G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget));
14131 if (widget->priv->name)
14132 gtk_widget_path_iter_set_name (widget->priv->path, pos, widget->priv->name);
14134 if (widget->priv->context)
14136 GList *classes, *l;
14138 /* Also add any persistent classes in
14139 * the style context the widget path
14141 classes = gtk_style_context_list_classes (widget->priv->context);
14143 for (l = classes; l; l = l->next)
14144 gtk_widget_path_iter_add_class (widget->priv->path, pos, l->data);
14146 gtk_style_context_set_path (widget->priv->context,
14147 widget->priv->path);
14149 g_list_free (classes);
14153 return widget->priv->path;
14157 style_context_changed (GtkStyleContext *context,
14158 gpointer user_data)
14160 GtkWidget *widget = user_data;
14162 gtk_widget_update_pango_context (widget);
14164 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
14165 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[STYLE_UPDATED], 0);
14168 /* Compress all style updates so it
14169 * is only emitted once pre-realize.
14171 widget->priv->style_update_pending = TRUE;
14174 if (widget->priv->anchored)
14175 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
14179 * gtk_widget_get_style_context:
14180 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
14182 * Returns the style context associated to @widget.
14184 * Returns: (transfer none): a #GtkStyleContext. This memory is owned by @widget and
14185 * must not be freed.
14188 gtk_widget_get_style_context (GtkWidget *widget)
14190 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
14192 if (G_UNLIKELY (!widget->priv->context))
14194 widget->priv->context = g_object_new (GTK_TYPE_STYLE_CONTEXT,
14195 "direction", gtk_widget_get_direction (widget),
14198 g_signal_connect (widget->priv->context, "changed",
14199 G_CALLBACK (style_context_changed), widget);
14201 gtk_style_context_set_screen (widget->priv->context,
14202 gtk_widget_get_screen (widget));
14204 _gtk_widget_update_path (widget);
14205 gtk_style_context_set_path (widget->priv->context,
14206 widget->priv->path);
14210 /* Force widget path regeneration if needed, the
14211 * context will be updated within this function.
14213 gtk_widget_get_path (widget);
14216 return widget->priv->context;